Search Results

Search found 11262 results on 451 pages for 'important directories'.

Page 450/451 | < Previous Page | 446 447 448 449 450 451  | Next Page >

  • Create a class that inherets DrawableGameComponent in XNA as a CLASS with custom functions

    - by user3675013
    using Microsoft.Xna.Framework.Graphics; using Microsoft.Xna.Framework.Media; using Microsoft.Xna.Framework; using Microsoft.Xna.Framework.Content; namespace TileEngine { class Renderer : DrawableGameComponent { public Renderer(Game game) : base(game) { } SpriteBatch spriteBatch ; protected override void LoadContent() { base.LoadContent(); } public override void Draw(GameTime gameTime) { base.Draw(gameTime); } public override void Update(GameTime gameTime) { base.Update(gameTime); } public override void Initialize() { base.Initialize(); } public RenderTarget2D new_texture(int width, int height) { Texture2D TEX = new Texture2D(GraphicsDevice, width, height); //create the texture to render to RenderTarget2D Mine = new RenderTarget2D(GraphicsDevice, width, height); GraphicsDevice.SetRenderTarget(Mine); //set the render device to the reference provided //maybe base.draw can be used with spritebatch. Idk. We'll see if the order of operation //works out. Wish I could call base.draw here. return Mine; //I'm hoping that this returns the same instance and not a copy. } public void draw_texture(int width, int height, RenderTarget2D Mine) { GraphicsDevice.SetRenderTarget(null); //Set the renderer to render to the backbuffer again Rectangle drawrect = new Rectangle(0, 0, width, height); //Set the rendering size to what we want spriteBatch.Begin(); //This uses spritebatch to draw the texture directly to the screen spriteBatch.Draw(Mine, drawrect, Color.White); //This uses the color white spriteBatch.End(); //ends the spritebatch //Call base.draw after this since it doesn't seem to recognize inside the function //maybe base.draw can be used with spritebatch. Idk. We'll see if the order of operation //works out. Wish I could call base.draw here. } } } I solved a previous issue where I wasn't allowed to access GraphicsDevice outside the main Default 'main' class Ie "Game" or "Game1" etc. Now I have a new issue. FYi no one told me that it would be possible to use GraphicsDevice References to cause it to not be null by using the drawable class. (hopefully after this last bug is solved it doesn't still return null) Anyways at present the problem is that I can't seem to get it to initialize as an instance in my main program. Ie Renderer tileClipping; and I'm unable to use it such as it is to be noted i haven't even gotten to testing these two steps below but before it compiled but when those functions of this class were called it complained that it can't render to a null device. Which meant that the device wasn't being initialized. I had no idea why. It took me hours to google this. I finally figured out the words I needed.. which were "do my rendering in XNA in a seperate class" now I haven't used the addcomponent function because I don't want it to only run these functions automatically and I want to be able to call the custom ones. In a nutshell what I want is: *access to rendering targets and graphics device OUTSIDE default class *passing of Rendertarget2D (which contain textures and textures should automatically be passed with a rendering target? ) *the device should be passed to this function as well OR the device should be passed to this function as a byproduct of passing the rendertarget (which is automatically associated with the render device it was given originally) *I'm assuming I'm dealing with abstracted pointers here so when I pass a class object or instance, I should be recieving the SAME object , I referenced, and not a copy that has only the lifespan of the function running. *the purpose for all these options: I want to initialize new 2d textures on the fly to customize tileclipping and even the X , y Offsets of where a WHOLE texture will be rendered, and the X and Y offsets of where tiles will be rendered ON that surface. This is why. And I'll be doing region based lighting effects per tile or even per 8X8 pixel spaces.. we'll see I'll also be doing sprite rotations on the whole texture then copying it again to a circular masked texture, and then doing a second copy for only solid tiles for masked rotated collisions on sprites. I'll be checking the masked pixels for my collision, and using raycasting possibly to check for collisions on those areas. The sprite will stay in the center, when this rotation happens. Here is a detailed diagram: http://i.stack.imgur.com/INf9K.gif I'll be using texture2D for steps 4-6 I suppose for steps 1 as well. Now ontop of that, the clipping size (IE the sqaure rendered) will be able to be shrunk or increased, on a per frame basis Therefore I can't use the same static size for my main texture2d and I can't use just the backbuffer Or we get the annoying flicker. Also I will have multiple instances of the renderer class so that I can freely pass textures around as if they are playing cards (in a sense) layering them ontop of eachother, cropping them how i want and such. and then using spritebatch to simply draw them at the locations I want. Hopefully this makes sense, and yes I will be planning on using alpha blending but only after all tiles have been drawn.. The masked collision is important and Yes I am avoiding using math on the tile rendering and instead resorting to image manipulation in video memory which is WHY I need this to work the way I'm intending it to work and not in the default way that XNA seems to handle graphics. Thanks to anyone willing to help. I hate the code form offered, because then I have to rely on static presence of an update function. What if I want to kill that update function or that object, but have it in memory, but just have it temporarily inactive? I'm making the assumption here the update function of one of these gamecomponents is automatic ? Anyways this is as detailed as I can make this post hopefully someone can help me solve the issue. Instead of tell me "derrr don't do it this wayyy" which is what a few people told me (but they don't understand the actual goal I have in mind) I'm trying to create basically a library where I can copy images freely no matter the size, i just have to specify the size in the function then as long as a reference to that object exists it should be kept alive? right? :/ anyways.. Anything else? I Don't know. I understand object oriented coding but I don't understand this XNA It's beggining to feel impossible to do anything custom in it without putting ALL my rendering code into the draw function of the main class tileClipping.new_texture(GraphicsDevice, width, height) tileClipping.Draw_texture(...)

    Read the article

  • FreeBSD performance tuning. Sysctls, loader.conf, kernel

    - by SaveTheRbtz
    I wanted to share knowledge of tuning FreeBSD via sysctl.conf/loader.conf/KENCONF. It was initially based on Igor Sysoev's (author of nginx) presentation about FreeBSD tuning up to 100,000-200,000 active connections. Tunings are for FreeBSD-CURRENT. Since 7.2 amd64 some of them are tuned well by default. Prior 7.0 some of them are boot only (set via /boot/loader.conf) or does not exist at all. sysctl.conf: # No zero mapping feature # May break wine # (There are also reports about broken samba3) #security.bsd.map_at_zero=0 # If you have really busy webserver with apache13 you may run out of processes #kern.maxproc=10000 # Same for servers with apache2 / Pound #kern.threads.max_threads_per_proc=4096 # Max. backlog size kern.ipc.somaxconn=4096 # Shared memory // 7.2+ can use shared memory > 2Gb kern.ipc.shmmax=2147483648 # Sockets kern.ipc.maxsockets=204800 # Can cause this on older kernels: # http://old.nabble.com/Significant-performance-regression-for-increased-maxsockbuf-on-8.0-RELEASE-tt26745981.html#a26745981 ) kern.ipc.maxsockbuf=10485760 # Mbuf 2k clusters (on amd64 7.2+ 25600 is default) # For such high value vm.kmem_size must be increased to 3G kern.ipc.nmbclusters=262144 # Jumbo pagesize(_SC_PAGESIZE) clusters # Used as general packet storage for jumbo frames # can be monitored via `netstat -m` #kern.ipc.nmbjumbop=262144 # Jumbo 9k/16k clusters # If you are using them #kern.ipc.nmbjumbo9=65536 #kern.ipc.nmbjumbo16=32768 # For lower latency you can decrease scheduler's maximum time slice # default: stathz/10 (~ 13) #kern.sched.slice=1 # Increase max command-line length showed in `ps` (e.g for Tomcat/Java) # Default is PAGE_SIZE / 16 or 256 on x86 # This avoids commands to be presented as [executable] in `ps` # For more info see: http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=120749 kern.ps_arg_cache_limit=4096 # Every socket is a file, so increase them kern.maxfiles=204800 kern.maxfilesperproc=200000 kern.maxvnodes=200000 # On some systems HPET is almost 2 times faster than default ACPI-fast # Useful on systems with lots of clock_gettime / gettimeofday calls # See http://old.nabble.com/ACPI-fast-default-timecounter,-but-HPET-83--faster-td23248172.html # After revision 222222 HPET became default: http://svnweb.freebsd.org/base?view=revision&revision=222222 kern.timecounter.hardware=HPET # Small receive space, only usable on http-server, on file server this # should be increased to 65535 or even more #net.inet.tcp.recvspace=8192 # This is useful on Fat-Long-Pipes #net.inet.tcp.recvbuf_max=10485760 #net.inet.tcp.recvbuf_inc=65535 # Small send space is useful for http servers that serve small files # Autotuned since 7.x net.inet.tcp.sendspace=16384 # This is useful on Fat-Long-Pipes #net.inet.tcp.sendbuf_max=10485760 #net.inet.tcp.sendbuf_inc=65535 # Turn off receive autotuning # You can play with it. #net.inet.tcp.recvbuf_auto=0 #net.inet.tcp.sendbuf_auto=0 # This should be enabled if you going to use big spaces (>64k) # Also timestamp field is useful when using syncookies net.inet.tcp.rfc1323=1 # Turn this off on high-speed, lossless connections (LAN 1Gbit+) # If you set it there is no need in TCP_NODELAY sockopt (see man tcp) net.inet.tcp.delayed_ack=0 # This feature is useful if you are serving data over modems, Gigabit Ethernet, # or even high speed WAN links (or any other link with a high bandwidth delay product), # especially if you are also using window scaling or have configured a large send window. # Automatically disables on small RTT ( http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/cvsweb.cgi/src/sys/netinet/tcp_subr.c?#rev1.237 ) # This sysctl was removed in 10-CURRENT: # See: http://www.mail-archive.com/[email protected]/msg06178.html #net.inet.tcp.inflight.enable=0 # TCP slowstart algorithm tunings # We assuming we have very fast clients #net.inet.tcp.slowstart_flightsize=100 #net.inet.tcp.local_slowstart_flightsize=100 # Disable randomizing of ports to avoid false RST # Before usage check SA here www.bsdcan.org/2006/papers/ImprovingTCPIP.pdf # (it's also says that port randomization auto-disables at some conn.rates, but I didn't checked it thou) #net.inet.ip.portrange.randomized=0 # Increase portrange # For outgoing connections only. Good for seed-boxes and ftp servers. net.inet.ip.portrange.first=1024 net.inet.ip.portrange.last=65535 # # stops route cache degregation during a high-bandwidth flood # http://www.freebsd.org/doc/en/books/handbook/securing-freebsd.html #net.inet.ip.rtexpire=2 net.inet.ip.rtminexpire=2 net.inet.ip.rtmaxcache=1024 # Security net.inet.ip.redirect=0 net.inet.ip.sourceroute=0 net.inet.ip.accept_sourceroute=0 net.inet.icmp.maskrepl=0 net.inet.icmp.log_redirect=0 net.inet.icmp.drop_redirect=1 net.inet.tcp.drop_synfin=1 # # There is also good example of sysctl.conf with comments: # http://www.thern.org/projects/sysctl.conf # # icmp may NOT rst, helpful for those pesky spoofed # icmp/udp floods that end up taking up your outgoing # bandwidth/ifqueue due to all that outgoing RST traffic. # #net.inet.tcp.icmp_may_rst=0 # Security net.inet.udp.blackhole=1 net.inet.tcp.blackhole=2 # IPv6 Security # For more info see http://www.fosslc.org/drupal/content/security-implications-ipv6 # Disable Node info replies # To see this vulnerability in action run `ping6 -a sglAac ::1` or `ping6 -w ::1` on unprotected node net.inet6.icmp6.nodeinfo=0 # Turn on IPv6 privacy extensions # For more info see proposal http://unix.derkeiler.com/Mailing-Lists/FreeBSD/net/2008-06/msg00103.html net.inet6.ip6.use_tempaddr=1 net.inet6.ip6.prefer_tempaddr=1 # Disable ICMP redirect net.inet6.icmp6.rediraccept=0 # Disable acceptation of RA and auto linklocal generation if you don't use them #net.inet6.ip6.accept_rtadv=0 #net.inet6.ip6.auto_linklocal=0 # Increases default TTL, sometimes useful # Default is 64 net.inet.ip.ttl=128 # Lessen max segment life to conserve resources # ACK waiting time in miliseconds # (default: 30000. RFC from 1979 recommends 120000) net.inet.tcp.msl=5000 # Max bumber of timewait sockets net.inet.tcp.maxtcptw=200000 # Don't use tw on local connections # As of 15 Apr 2009. Igor Sysoev says that nolocaltimewait has some buggy realization. # So disable it or now till get fixed #net.inet.tcp.nolocaltimewait=1 # FIN_WAIT_2 state fast recycle net.inet.tcp.fast_finwait2_recycle=1 # Time before tcp keepalive probe is sent # default is 2 hours (7200000) #net.inet.tcp.keepidle=60000 # Should be increased until net.inet.ip.intr_queue_drops is zero net.inet.ip.intr_queue_maxlen=4096 # Interrupt handling via multiple CPU, but with context switch. # You can play with it. Default is 1; #net.isr.direct=0 # This is for routers only #net.inet.ip.forwarding=1 #net.inet.ip.fastforwarding=1 # This speed ups dummynet when channel isn't saturated net.inet.ip.dummynet.io_fast=1 # Increase dummynet(4) hash #net.inet.ip.dummynet.hash_size=2048 #net.inet.ip.dummynet.max_chain_len # Should be increased when you have A LOT of files on server # (Increase until vfs.ufs.dirhash_mem becomes lower) vfs.ufs.dirhash_maxmem=67108864 # Note from commit http://svn.freebsd.org/base/head@211031 : # For systems with RAID volumes and/or virtualization envirnments, where # read performance is very important, increasing this sysctl tunable to 32 # or even more will demonstratively yield additional performance benefits. vfs.read_max=32 # Explicit Congestion Notification (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Explicit_Congestion_Notification) net.inet.tcp.ecn.enable=1 # Flowtable - flow caching mechanism # Useful for routers #net.inet.flowtable.enable=1 #net.inet.flowtable.nmbflows=65535 # Extreme polling tuning #kern.polling.burst_max=1000 #kern.polling.each_burst=1000 #kern.polling.reg_frac=100 #kern.polling.user_frac=1 #kern.polling.idle_poll=0 # IPFW dynamic rules and timeouts tuning # Increase dyn_buckets till net.inet.ip.fw.curr_dyn_buckets is lower net.inet.ip.fw.dyn_buckets=65536 net.inet.ip.fw.dyn_max=65536 net.inet.ip.fw.dyn_ack_lifetime=120 net.inet.ip.fw.dyn_syn_lifetime=10 net.inet.ip.fw.dyn_fin_lifetime=2 net.inet.ip.fw.dyn_short_lifetime=10 # Make packets pass firewall only once when using dummynet # i.e. packets going thru pipe are passing out from firewall with accept #net.inet.ip.fw.one_pass=1 # shm_use_phys Wires all shared pages, making them unswappable # Use this to lessen Virtual Memory Manager's work when using Shared Mem. # Useful for databases #kern.ipc.shm_use_phys=1 # ZFS # Enable prefetch. Useful for sequential load type i.e fileserver. # FreeBSD sets vfs.zfs.prefetch_disable to 1 on any i386 systems and # on any amd64 systems with less than 4GB of avaiable memory # For additional info check this nabble thread http://old.nabble.com/Samba-read-speed-performance-tuning-td27964534.html #vfs.zfs.prefetch_disable=0 # On highload servers you may notice following message in dmesg: # "Approaching the limit on PV entries, consider increasing either the # vm.pmap.shpgperproc or the vm.pmap.pv_entry_max tunable" vm.pmap.shpgperproc=2048 loader.conf: # Accept filters for data, http and DNS requests # Useful when your software uses select() instead of kevent/kqueue or when you under DDoS # DNS accf available on 8.0+ accf_data_load="YES" accf_http_load="YES" accf_dns_load="YES" # Async IO system calls aio_load="YES" # Linux specific devices in /dev # As for 8.1 it only /dev/full #lindev_load="YES" # Adds NCQ support in FreeBSD # WARNING! all ad[0-9]+ devices will be renamed to ada[0-9]+ # 8.0+ only #ahci_load="YES" #siis_load="YES" # FreeBSD 8.2+ # New Congestion Control for FreeBSD # http://caia.swin.edu.au/urp/newtcp/tools/cc_chd-readme-0.1.txt # http://www.ietf.org/proceedings/78/slides/iccrg-5.pdf # Initial merge commit message http://www.mail-archive.com/[email protected]/msg31410.html #cc_chd_load="YES" # Increase kernel memory size to 3G. # # Use ONLY if you have KVA_PAGES in kernel configuration, and you have more than 3G RAM # Otherwise panic will happen on next reboot! # # It's required for high buffer sizes: kern.ipc.nmbjumbop, kern.ipc.nmbclusters, etc # Useful on highload stateful firewalls, proxies or ZFS fileservers # (FreeBSD 7.2+ amd64 users: Check that current value is lower!) #vm.kmem_size="3G" # If your server has lots of swap (>4Gb) you should increase following value # according to http://lists.freebsd.org/pipermail/freebsd-hackers/2009-October/029616.html # Otherwise you'll be getting errors # "kernel: swap zone exhausted, increase kern.maxswzone" # kern.maxswzone="256M" # Older versions of FreeBSD can't tune maxfiles on the fly #kern.maxfiles="200000" # Useful for databases # Sets maximum data size to 1G # (FreeBSD 7.2+ amd64 users: Check that current value is lower!) #kern.maxdsiz="1G" # Maximum buffer size(vfs.maxbufspace) # You can check current one via vfs.bufspace # Should be lowered/upped depending on server's load-type # Usually decreased to preserve kmem # (default is 10% of mem) #kern.maxbcache="512M" # Sendfile buffers # For i386 only #kern.ipc.nsfbufs=10240 # FreeBSD 9+ # HPET "legacy route" support. It should allow HPET to work per-CPU # See http://www.mail-archive.com/[email protected]/msg03603.html #hint.atrtc.0.clock=0 #hint.attimer.0.clock=0 #hint.hpet.0.legacy_route=1 # syncache Hash table tuning net.inet.tcp.syncache.hashsize=1024 net.inet.tcp.syncache.bucketlimit=512 net.inet.tcp.syncache.cachelimit=65536 # Increased hostcache # Later host cache can be viewed via net.inet.tcp.hostcache.list hidden sysctl # Very useful for it's RTT RTTVAR # Must be power of two net.inet.tcp.hostcache.hashsize=65536 # hashsize * bucketlimit (which is 30 by default) # It allocates 255Mb (1966080*136) of RAM net.inet.tcp.hostcache.cachelimit=1966080 # TCP control-block Hash table tuning net.inet.tcp.tcbhashsize=4096 # Disable ipfw deny all # Should be uncommented when there is a chance that # kernel and ipfw binary may be out-of sync on next reboot #net.inet.ip.fw.default_to_accept=1 # # SIFTR (Statistical Information For TCP Research) is a kernel module that # logs a range of statistics on active TCP connections to a log file. # See prerelease notes http://groups.google.com/group/mailing.freebsd.current/browse_thread/thread/b4c18be6cdce76e4 # and man 4 sitfr #siftr_load="YES" # Enable superpages, for 7.2+ only # Also read http://lists.freebsd.org/pipermail/freebsd-hackers/2009-November/030094.html vm.pmap.pg_ps_enabled=1 # Usefull if you are using Intel-Gigabit NIC #hw.em.rxd=4096 #hw.em.txd=4096 #hw.em.rx_process_limit="-1" # Also if you have ALOT interrupts on NIC - play with following parameters # NOTE: You should set them for every NIC #dev.em.0.rx_int_delay: 250 #dev.em.0.tx_int_delay: 250 #dev.em.0.rx_abs_int_delay: 250 #dev.em.0.tx_abs_int_delay: 250 # There is also multithreaded version of em/igb drivers can be found here: # http://people.yandex-team.ru/~wawa/ # # for additional em monitoring and statistics use # sysctl dev.em.0.stats=1 ; dmesg # sysctl dev.em.0.debug=1 ; dmesg # Also after r209242 (-CURRENT) there is a separate sysctl for each stat variable; # Same tunings for igb #hw.igb.rxd=4096 #hw.igb.txd=4096 #hw.igb.rx_process_limit=100 # Some useful netisr tunables. See sysctl net.isr #net.isr.maxthreads=4 #net.isr.defaultqlimit=4096 #net.isr.maxqlimit: 10240 # Bind netisr threads to CPUs #net.isr.bindthreads=1 # # FreeBSD 9.x+ # Increase interface send queue length # See commit message http://svn.freebsd.org/viewvc/base?view=revision&revision=207554 #net.link.ifqmaxlen=1024 # Nicer boot logo =) loader_logo="beastie" And finally here is KERNCONF: # Just some of them, see also # cat /sys/{i386,amd64,}/conf/NOTES # This one useful only on i386 #options KVA_PAGES=512 # You can play with HZ in environments with high interrupt rate (default is 1000) # 100 is for my notebook to prolong it's battery life #options HZ=100 # Polling is goot on network loads with high packet rates and low-end NICs # NB! Do not enable it if you want more than one netisr thread #options DEVICE_POLLING # Eliminate datacopy on socket read-write # To take advantage with zero copy sockets you should have an MTU >= 4k # This req. is only for receiving data. # Read more in man zero_copy_sockets # Also this epic thread on kernel trap: # http://kerneltrap.org/node/6506 # Here Linus says that "anybody that does it that way (FreeBSD) is totally incompetent" #options ZERO_COPY_SOCKETS # Support TCP sign. Used for IPSec options TCP_SIGNATURE # There was stackoverflow found in KAME IPSec stack: # See http://secunia.com/advisories/43995/ # For quick workaround you can use `ipfw add deny proto ipcomp` options IPSEC # This ones can be loaded as modules. They described in loader.conf section #options ACCEPT_FILTER_DATA #options ACCEPT_FILTER_HTTP # Adding ipfw, also can be loaded as modules options IPFIREWALL # On 8.1+ you can disable verbose to see blocked packets on ipfw0 interface. # Also there is no point in compiling verbose into the kernel, because # now there is net.inet.ip.fw.verbose tunable. #options IPFIREWALL_VERBOSE #options IPFIREWALL_VERBOSE_LIMIT=10 options IPFIREWALL_FORWARD # Adding kernel NAT options IPFIREWALL_NAT options LIBALIAS # Traffic shaping options DUMMYNET # Divert, i.e. for userspace NAT options IPDIVERT # This is for OpenBSD's pf firewall device pf device pflog # pf's QoS - ALTQ options ALTQ options ALTQ_CBQ # Class Bases Queuing (CBQ) options ALTQ_RED # Random Early Detection (RED) options ALTQ_RIO # RED In/Out options ALTQ_HFSC # Hierarchical Packet Scheduler (HFSC) options ALTQ_PRIQ # Priority Queuing (PRIQ) options ALTQ_NOPCC # Required for SMP build # Pretty console # Manual can be found here http://forums.freebsd.org/showthread.php?t=6134 #options VESA #options SC_PIXEL_MODE # Disable reboot on Ctrl Alt Del #options SC_DISABLE_REBOOT # Change normal|kernel messages color options SC_NORM_ATTR=(FG_GREEN|BG_BLACK) options SC_KERNEL_CONS_ATTR=(FG_YELLOW|BG_BLACK) # More scroll space options SC_HISTORY_SIZE=8192 # Adding hardware crypto device device crypto device cryptodev # Useful network interfaces device vlan device tap #Virtual Ethernet driver device gre #IP over IP tunneling device if_bridge #Bridge interface device pfsync #synchronization interface for PF device carp #Common Address Redundancy Protocol device enc #IPsec interface device lagg #Link aggregation interface device stf #IPv4-IPv6 port # Also for my notebook, but may be used with Opteron device amdtemp # Same for Intel processors device coretemp # man 4 cpuctl device cpuctl # CPU control pseudo-device # Support for ECMP. More than one route for destination # Works even with default route so one can use it as LB for two ISP # For now code is unstable and panics (panic: rtfree 2) on route deletions. #options RADIX_MPATH # Multicast routing #options MROUTING #options PIM # Debug & DTrace options KDB # Kernel debugger related code options KDB_TRACE # Print a stack trace for a panic options KDTRACE_FRAME # amd64-only(?) options KDTRACE_HOOKS # all architectures - enable general DTrace hooks #options DDB #options DDB_CTF # all architectures - kernel ELF linker loads CTF data # Adaptive spining in lockmgr (8.x+) # See http://www.mail-archive.com/[email protected]/msg10782.html options ADAPTIVE_LOCKMGRS # UTF-8 in console (8.x+) #options TEKEN_UTF8 # FreeBSD 8.1+ # Deadlock resolver thread # For additional information see http://www.mail-archive.com/[email protected]/msg18124.html # (FYI: "resolution" is panic so use with caution) #options DEADLKRES # Increase maximum size of Raw I/O and sendfile(2) readahead #options MAXPHYS=(1024*1024) #options MAXBSIZE=(1024*1024) # For scheduler debug enable following option. # Debug will be available via `kern.sched.stats` sysctl # For more information see http://svnweb.freebsd.org/base/head/sys/conf/NOTES?view=markup #options SCHED_STATS If you are tuning network for maximum performance you may wish to play with ifconfig options like: # You can list all capabilities via `ifconfig -m` ifconfig [-]rxcsum [-]txcsum [-]tso [-]lro mtu In case you've enabled DDB in kernel config, you should edit your /etc/ddb.conf and add something like this to enable automatic reboot (and textdump as bonus): script kdb.enter.panic=textdump set; capture on; show pcpu; bt; ps; alltrace; capture off; call doadump; reset script kdb.enter.default=textdump set; capture on; bt; ps; capture off; call doadump; reset And do not forget to add ddb_enable="YES" to /etc/rc.conf Since FreeBSD 9 you can select to enable/disable flowcontrol on your NIC: # See http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ethernet_flow_control and # http://www.mail-archive.com/[email protected]/msg07927.html for additional info ifconfig bge0 media auto mediaopt flowcontrol PS. Also most of FreeBSD's limits can be monitored by # vmstat -z and # limits PPS. variety of network counters can be monitored via # netstat -s In FreeBSD-9 netstat's -Q option appeared, try following command to display netisr stats # netstat -Q PPPS. also see # man 7 tuning PPPPS. I wanted to thank FreeBSD community, especially author of nginx - Igor Sysoev, nginx-ru@ and FreeBSD-performance@ mailing lists for providing useful information about FreeBSD tuning. FreeBSD WIP * Whats cooking for FreeBSD 7? * Whats cooking for FreeBSD 8? * Whats cooking for FreeBSD 9? So here is the question: What tunings are you using on yours FreeBSD servers? You can also post your /etc/sysctl.conf, /boot/loader.conf, kernel options, etc with description of its' meaning (do not copy-paste from sysctl -d). Don't forget to specify server type (web, smb, gateway, etc) Let's share experience!

    Read the article

  • Why is there a /etc/init.d/mysql file on this Slackware machine? How could it have gotten there?

    - by jasonspiro
    A client of my IT-consulting service owns a web-development shop. He's been having problems with a Slackware 12.0 server running MySQL 5.0.67. The machine was set up by the client's sysadmin, who left on bad terms. My client no longer employs a sysadmin. As far as I can tell, the only copy of MySQL that's installed is the one described in /var/log/packages/mysql-5.0.67-i486-1: PACKAGE NAME: mysql-5.0.67-i486-1 COMPRESSED PACKAGE SIZE: 16828 K UNCOMPRESSED PACKAGE SIZE: 33840 K PACKAGE LOCATION: /var/slapt-get/archives/./slackware/ap/mysql-5.0.67-i486-1.tgz PACKAGE DESCRIPTION: mysql: mysql (SQL-based relational database server) mysql: mysql: MySQL is a fast, multi-threaded, multi-user, and robust SQL mysql: (Structured Query Language) database server. It comes with a nice API mysql: which makes it easy to integrate into other applications. mysql: mysql: The home page for MySQL is http://www.mysql.com/ mysql: mysql: mysql: mysql: FILE LIST: ./ var/ var/lib/ var/lib/mysql/ var/run/ var/run/mysql/ install/ install/doinst.sh install/slack-desc usr/ usr/include/ usr/include/mysql/ usr/include/mysql/my_alloc.h usr/include/mysql/sql_common.h usr/include/mysql/my_dbug.h usr/include/mysql/errmsg.h usr/include/mysql/my_pthread.h usr/include/mysql/my_list.h usr/include/mysql/mysql.h usr/include/mysql/sslopt-vars.h usr/include/mysql/my_config.h usr/include/mysql/mysql_com.h usr/include/mysql/m_string.h usr/include/mysql/sslopt-case.h usr/include/mysql/my_xml.h usr/include/mysql/sql_state.h usr/include/mysql/my_global.h usr/include/mysql/my_sys.h usr/include/mysql/mysqld_ername.h usr/include/mysql/mysqld_error.h usr/include/mysql/sslopt-longopts.h usr/include/mysql/keycache.h usr/include/mysql/my_net.h usr/include/mysql/mysql_version.h usr/include/mysql/my_no_pthread.h usr/include/mysql/decimal.h usr/include/mysql/readline.h usr/include/mysql/my_attribute.h usr/include/mysql/typelib.h usr/include/mysql/my_dir.h usr/include/mysql/raid.h usr/include/mysql/m_ctype.h usr/include/mysql/mysql_embed.h usr/include/mysql/mysql_time.h usr/include/mysql/my_getopt.h usr/lib/ usr/lib/mysql/ usr/lib/mysql/libmysqlclient_r.so.15.0.0 usr/lib/mysql/libmysqlclient_r.la usr/lib/mysql/libmyisammrg.a usr/lib/mysql/libmystrings.a usr/lib/mysql/libmyisam.a usr/lib/mysql/libmysqlclient.so.15.0.0 usr/lib/mysql/libmysqlclient_r.a usr/lib/mysql/libmysqlclient.a usr/lib/mysql/libheap.a usr/lib/mysql/libvio.a usr/lib/mysql/libmysqlclient.la usr/lib/mysql/libmysys.a usr/lib/mysql/libdbug.a usr/bin/ usr/bin/comp_err usr/bin/my_print_defaults usr/bin/resolve_stack_dump usr/bin/msql2mysql usr/bin/mysqltestmanager-pwgen usr/bin/myisampack usr/bin/replace usr/bin/mysqld_multi usr/bin/mysqlaccess usr/bin/mysql_install_db usr/bin/innochecksum usr/bin/myisam_ftdump usr/bin/mysqlcheck usr/bin/mysqltest usr/bin/mysql_upgrade_shell usr/bin/mysql_secure_installation usr/bin/mysql_fix_extensions usr/bin/mysqld_safe usr/bin/mysql_explain_log usr/bin/mysqlimport usr/bin/myisamlog usr/bin/mysql_tzinfo_to_sql usr/bin/mysql_upgrade usr/bin/mysqltestmanager usr/bin/mysql_fix_privilege_tables usr/bin/mysql_find_rows usr/bin/mysql_convert_table_format usr/bin/mysqltestmanagerc usr/bin/mysqlhotcopy usr/bin/mysqldump usr/bin/mysqlshow usr/bin/mysqlbug usr/bin/mysql_config usr/bin/mysqldumpslow usr/bin/mysql_waitpid usr/bin/mysqlbinlog usr/bin/mysql_client_test usr/bin/perror usr/bin/mysql usr/bin/myisamchk usr/bin/mysql_setpermission usr/bin/mysqladmin usr/bin/mysql_zap usr/bin/mysql_tableinfo usr/bin/resolveip usr/share/ usr/share/mysql/ usr/share/mysql/errmsg.txt usr/share/mysql/swedish/ usr/share/mysql/swedish/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/mysql_system_tables_data.sql usr/share/mysql/mysql.server usr/share/mysql/hungarian/ usr/share/mysql/hungarian/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/norwegian/ usr/share/mysql/norwegian/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/slovak/ usr/share/mysql/slovak/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/spanish/ usr/share/mysql/spanish/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/polish/ usr/share/mysql/polish/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/ukrainian/ usr/share/mysql/ukrainian/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/danish/ usr/share/mysql/danish/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/romanian/ usr/share/mysql/romanian/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/english/ usr/share/mysql/english/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/charsets/ usr/share/mysql/charsets/latin2.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/greek.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/koi8r.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/latin1.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/cp866.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/geostd8.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/cp1250.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/koi8u.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/cp852.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/hebrew.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/latin7.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/README usr/share/mysql/charsets/ascii.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/cp1251.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/macce.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/latin5.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/Index.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/macroman.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/cp1256.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/keybcs2.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/swe7.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/armscii8.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/dec8.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/cp1257.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/hp8.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/cp850.xml usr/share/mysql/korean/ usr/share/mysql/korean/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/german/ usr/share/mysql/german/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/mi_test_all.res usr/share/mysql/greek/ usr/share/mysql/greek/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/french/ usr/share/mysql/french/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/mysql_fix_privilege_tables.sql usr/share/mysql/dutch/ usr/share/mysql/dutch/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/serbian/ usr/share/mysql/serbian/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/mysql_system_tables.sql usr/share/mysql/my-huge.cnf usr/share/mysql/portuguese/ usr/share/mysql/portuguese/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/japanese/ usr/share/mysql/japanese/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/mysql_test_data_timezone.sql usr/share/mysql/russian/ usr/share/mysql/russian/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/czech/ usr/share/mysql/czech/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/fill_help_tables.sql usr/share/mysql/estonian/ usr/share/mysql/estonian/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/my-medium.cnf usr/share/mysql/norwegian-ny/ usr/share/mysql/norwegian-ny/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/my-small.cnf usr/share/mysql/mysql-log-rotate usr/share/mysql/italian/ usr/share/mysql/italian/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/my-large.cnf usr/share/mysql/ndb-config-2-node.ini usr/share/mysql/binary-configure usr/share/mysql/mi_test_all usr/share/mysql/mysqld_multi.server usr/share/mysql/my-innodb-heavy-4G.cnf usr/doc/ usr/doc/mysql-5.0.67/ usr/doc/mysql-5.0.67/README usr/doc/mysql-5.0.67/Docs/ usr/doc/mysql-5.0.67/Docs/INSTALL-BINARY usr/doc/mysql-5.0.67/COPYING usr/info/ usr/info/mysql.info.gz usr/libexec/ usr/libexec/mysqld usr/libexec/mysqlmanager usr/man/ usr/man/man8/ usr/man/man8/mysqlmanager.8.gz usr/man/man8/mysqld.8.gz usr/man/man1/ usr/man/man1/mysql_zap.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql_setpermission.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql_tzinfo_to_sql.1.gz usr/man/man1/msql2mysql.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql_tableinfo.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql_explain_log.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysqlcheck.1.gz usr/man/man1/comp_err.1.gz usr/man/man1/my_print_defaults.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysqlbinlog.1.gz usr/man/man1/myisam_ftdump.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql_upgrade.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql_client_test.1.gz usr/man/man1/resolve_stack_dump.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql_fix_extensions.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysqlmanagerc.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql_config.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysqlshow.1.gz usr/man/man1/myisamlog.1.gz usr/man/man1/replace.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysqlmanager-pwgen.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysqltest.1.gz usr/man/man1/innochecksum.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysqladmin.1.gz usr/man/man1/perror.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql_waitpid.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql_convert_table_format.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysqlman.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysqlimport.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysqlbug.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql_find_rows.1.gz usr/man/man1/myisampack.1.gz usr/man/man1/myisamchk.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql_fix_privilege_tables.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql-stress-test.pl.1.gz usr/man/man1/resolveip.1.gz usr/man/man1/make_win_bin_dist.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysqlhotcopy.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysqld_multi.1.gz usr/man/man1/safe_mysqld.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql_secure_installation.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql_install_db.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysqldump.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql-test-run.pl.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysqld_safe.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysqlaccess.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql.server.1.gz usr/man/man1/make_win_src_distribution.1.gz etc/ etc/rc.d/ etc/rc.d/rc.mysqld.new etc/my-huge.cnf etc/my-medium.cnf etc/my-small.cnf etc/my-large.cnf /etc/rc.d/rc.mysqld is an ordinary Slackware-type start/stop script: #!/bin/sh # Start/stop/restart mysqld. # # Copyright 2003 Patrick J. Volkerding, Concord, CA # Copyright 2003 Slackware Linux, Inc., Concord, CA # # This program comes with NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law. # You may redistribute copies of this program under the terms of the # GNU General Public License. # To start MySQL automatically at boot, be sure this script is executable: # chmod 755 /etc/rc.d/rc.mysqld # Before you can run MySQL, you must have a database. To install an initial # database, do this as root: # # su - mysql # mysql_install_db # # Note that step one is becoming the mysql user. It's important to do this # before making any changes to the database, or mysqld won't be able to write # to it later (this can be fixed with 'chown -R mysql.mysql /var/lib/mysql'). # To allow outside connections to the database comment out the next line. # If you don't need incoming network connections, then leave the line # uncommented to improve system security. #SKIP="--skip-networking" # Start mysqld: mysqld_start() { if [ -x /usr/bin/mysqld_safe ]; then # If there is an old PID file (no mysqld running), clean it up: if [ -r /var/run/mysql/mysql.pid ]; then if ! ps axc | grep mysqld 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null ; then echo "Cleaning up old /var/run/mysql/mysql.pid." rm -f /var/run/mysql/mysql.pid fi fi /usr/bin/mysqld_safe --datadir=/var/lib/mysql --pid-file=/var/run/mysql/mysql.pid $SKIP & fi } # Stop mysqld: mysqld_stop() { # If there is no PID file, ignore this request... if [ -r /var/run/mysql/mysql.pid ]; then killall mysqld # Wait at least one minute for it to exit, as we don't know how big the DB is... for second in 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \ 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 60 ; do if [ ! -r /var/run/mysql/mysql.pid ]; then break; fi sleep 1 done if [ "$second" = "60" ]; then echo "WARNING: Gave up waiting for mysqld to exit!" sleep 15 fi fi } # Restart mysqld: mysqld_restart() { mysqld_stop mysqld_start } case "$1" in 'start') mysqld_start ;; 'stop') mysqld_stop ;; 'restart') mysqld_restart ;; *) echo "usage $0 start|stop|restart" esac But there's also an unexpected init script on the machine, named /etc/init.d/mysql: #!/bin/sh # Copyright Abandoned 1996 TCX DataKonsult AB & Monty Program KB & Detron HB # This file is public domain and comes with NO WARRANTY of any kind # MySQL daemon start/stop script. # Usually this is put in /etc/init.d (at least on machines SYSV R4 based # systems) and linked to /etc/rc3.d/S99mysql and /etc/rc0.d/K01mysql. # When this is done the mysql server will be started when the machine is # started and shut down when the systems goes down. # Comments to support chkconfig on RedHat Linux # chkconfig: 2345 64 36 # description: A very fast and reliable SQL database engine. # Comments to support LSB init script conventions ### BEGIN INIT INFO # Provides: mysql # Required-Start: $local_fs $network $remote_fs # Should-Start: ypbind nscd ldap ntpd xntpd # Required-Stop: $local_fs $network $remote_fs # Default-Start: 2 3 4 5 # Default-Stop: 0 1 6 # Short-Description: start and stop MySQL # Description: MySQL is a very fast and reliable SQL database engine. ### END INIT INFO # If you install MySQL on some other places than /usr, then you # have to do one of the following things for this script to work: # # - Run this script from within the MySQL installation directory # - Create a /etc/my.cnf file with the following information: # [mysqld] # basedir=<path-to-mysql-installation-directory> # - Add the above to any other configuration file (for example ~/.my.ini) # and copy my_print_defaults to /usr/bin # - Add the path to the mysql-installation-directory to the basedir variable # below. # # If you want to affect other MySQL variables, you should make your changes # in the /etc/my.cnf, ~/.my.cnf or other MySQL configuration files. # If you change base dir, you must also change datadir. These may get # overwritten by settings in the MySQL configuration files. #basedir= #datadir= # Default value, in seconds, afterwhich the script should timeout waiting # for server start. # Value here is overriden by value in my.cnf. # 0 means don't wait at all # Negative numbers mean to wait indefinitely service_startup_timeout=900 # The following variables are only set for letting mysql.server find things. # Set some defaults pid_file=/var/run/mysql/mysql.pid server_pid_file=/var/run/mysql/mysql.pid use_mysqld_safe=1 user=mysql if test -z "$basedir" then basedir=/usr bindir=/usr/bin if test -z "$datadir" then datadir=/var/lib/mysql fi sbindir=/usr/sbin libexecdir=/usr/libexec else bindir="$basedir/bin" if test -z "$datadir" then datadir="$basedir/data" fi sbindir="$basedir/sbin" libexecdir="$basedir/libexec" fi # datadir_set is used to determine if datadir was set (and so should be # *not* set inside of the --basedir= handler.) datadir_set= # # Use LSB init script functions for printing messages, if possible # lsb_functions="/lib/lsb/init-functions" if test -f $lsb_functions ; then . $lsb_functions else log_success_msg() { echo " SUCCESS! $@" } log_failure_msg() { echo " ERROR! $@" } fi PATH=/sbin:/usr/sbin:/bin:/usr/bin:$basedir/bin export PATH mode=$1 # start or stop shift other_args="$*" # uncommon, but needed when called from an RPM upgrade action # Expected: "--skip-networking --skip-grant-tables" # They are not checked here, intentionally, as it is the resposibility # of the "spec" file author to give correct arguments only. case `echo "testing\c"`,`echo -n testing` in *c*,-n*) echo_n= echo_c= ;; *c*,*) echo_n=-n echo_c= ;; *) echo_n= echo_c='\c' ;; esac parse_server_arguments() { for arg do case "$arg" in --basedir=*) basedir=`echo "$arg" | sed -e 's/^[^=]*=//'` bindir="$basedir/bin" if test -z "$datadir_set"; then datadir="$basedir/data" fi sbindir="$basedir/sbin" libexecdir="$basedir/libexec" ;; --datadir=*) datadir=`echo "$arg" | sed -e 's/^[^=]*=//'` datadir_set=1 ;; --user=*) user=`echo "$arg" | sed -e 's/^[^=]*=//'` ;; --pid-file=*) server_pid_file=`echo "$arg" | sed -e 's/^[^=]*=//'` ;; --service-startup-timeout=*) service_startup_timeout=`echo "$arg" | sed -e 's/^[^=]*=//'` ;; --use-mysqld_safe) use_mysqld_safe=1;; --use-manager) use_mysqld_safe=0;; esac done } parse_manager_arguments() { for arg do case "$arg" in --pid-file=*) pid_file=`echo "$arg" | sed -e 's/^[^=]*=//'` ;; --user=*) user=`echo "$arg" | sed -e 's/^[^=]*=//'` ;; esac done } wait_for_pid () { verb="$1" manager_pid="$2" # process ID of the program operating on the pid-file i=0 avoid_race_condition="by checking again" while test $i -ne $service_startup_timeout ; do case "$verb" in 'created') # wait for a PID-file to pop into existence. test -s $pid_file && i='' && break ;; 'removed') # wait for this PID-file to disappear test ! -s $pid_file && i='' && break ;; *) echo "wait_for_pid () usage: wait_for_pid created|removed manager_pid" exit 1 ;; esac # if manager isn't running, then pid-file will never be updated if test -n "$manager_pid"; then if kill -0 "$manager_pid" 2>/dev/null; then : # the manager still runs else # The manager may have exited between the last pid-file check and now. if test -n "$avoid_race_condition"; then avoid_race_condition="" continue # Check again. fi # there's nothing that will affect the file. log_failure_msg "Manager of pid-file quit without updating file." return 1 # not waiting any more. fi fi echo $echo_n ".$echo_c" i=`expr $i + 1` sleep 1 done if test -z "$i" ; then log_success_msg return 0 else log_failure_msg return 1 fi } # Get arguments from the my.cnf file, # the only group, which is read from now on is [mysqld] if test -x ./bin/my_print_defaults then print_defaults="./bin/my_print_defaults" elif test -x $bindir/my_print_defaults then print_defaults="$bindir/my_print_defaults" elif test -x $bindir/mysql_print_defaults then print_defaults="$bindir/mysql_print_defaults" else # Try to find basedir in /etc/my.cnf conf=/etc/my.cnf print_defaults= if test -r $conf then subpat='^[^=]*basedir[^=]*=\(.*\)$' dirs=`sed -e "/$subpat/!d" -e 's//\1/' $conf` for d in $dirs do d=`echo $d | sed -e 's/[ ]//g'` if test -x "$d/bin/my_print_defaults" then print_defaults="$d/bin/my_print_defaults" break fi if test -x "$d/bin/mysql_print_defaults" then print_defaults="$d/bin/mysql_print_defaults" break fi done fi # Hope it's in the PATH ... but I doubt it test -z "$print_defaults" && print_defaults="my_print_defaults" fi # # Read defaults file from 'basedir'. If there is no defaults file there # check if it's in the old (depricated) place (datadir) and read it from there # extra_args="" if test -r "$basedir/my.cnf" then extra_args="-e $basedir/my.cnf" else if test -r "$datadir/my.cnf" then extra_args="-e $datadir/my.cnf" fi fi parse_server_arguments `$print_defaults $extra_args mysqld server mysql_server mysql.server` # Look for the pidfile parse_manager_arguments `$print_defaults $extra_args manager` # # Set pid file if not given # if test -z "$pid_file" then pid_file=$datadir/mysqlmanager-`/bin/hostname`.pid else case "$pid_file" in /* ) ;; * ) pid_file="$datadir/$pid_file" ;; esac fi if test -z "$server_pid_file" then server_pid_file=$datadir/`/bin/hostname`.pid else case "$server_pid_file" in /* ) ;; * ) server_pid_file="$datadir/$server_pid_file" ;; esac fi case "$mode" in 'start') # Start daemon # Safeguard (relative paths, core dumps..) cd $basedir manager=$bindir/mysqlmanager if test -x $libexecdir/mysqlmanager then manager=$libexecdir/mysqlmanager elif test -x $sbindir/mysqlmanager then manager=$sbindir/mysqlmanager fi echo $echo_n "Starting MySQL" if test -x $manager -a "$use_mysqld_safe" = "0" then if test -n "$other_args" then log_failure_msg "MySQL manager does not support options '$other_args'" exit 1 fi # Give extra arguments to mysqld with the my.cnf file. This script may # be overwritten at next upgrade. $manager --user=$user --pid-file=$pid_file >/dev/null 2>&1 & wait_for_pid created $!; return_value=$? # Make lock for RedHat / SuSE if test -w /var/lock/subsys then touch /var/lock/subsys/mysqlmanager fi exit $return_value elif test -x $bindir/mysqld_safe then # Give extra arguments to mysqld with the my.cnf file. This script # may be overwritten at next upgrade. pid_file=$server_pid_file $bindir/mysqld_safe --datadir=$datadir --pid-file=$server_pid_file $other_args >/dev/null 2>&1 & wait_for_pid created $!; return_value=$? # Make lock for RedHat / SuSE if test -w /var/lock/subsys then touch /var/lock/subsys/mysql fi exit $return_value else log_failure_msg "Couldn't find MySQL manager ($manager) or server ($bindir/mysqld_safe)" fi ;; 'stop') # Stop daemon. We use a signal here to avoid having to know the # root password. # The RedHat / SuSE lock directory to remove lock_dir=/var/lock/subsys/mysqlmanager # If the manager pid_file doesn't exist, try the server's if test ! -s "$pid_file" then pid_file=$server_pid_file lock_dir=/var/lock/subsys/mysql fi if test -s "$pid_file" then mysqlmanager_pid=`cat $pid_file` echo $echo_n "Shutting down MySQL" kill $mysqlmanager_pid # mysqlmanager should remove the pid_file when it exits, so wait for it. wait_for_pid removed "$mysqlmanager_pid"; return_value=$? # delete lock for RedHat / SuSE if test -f $lock_dir then rm -f $lock_dir fi exit $return_value else log_failure_msg "MySQL manager or server PID file could not be found!" fi ;; 'restart') # Stop the service and regardless of whether it was # running or not, start it again. if $0 stop $other_args; then $0 start $other_args else log_failure_msg "Failed to stop running server, so refusing to try to start." exit 1 fi ;; 'reload'|'force-reload') if test -s "$server_pid_file" ; then read mysqld_pid < $server_pid_file kill -HUP $mysqld_pid && log_success_msg "Reloading service MySQL" touch $server_pid_file else log_failure_msg "MySQL PID file could not be found!" exit 1 fi ;; 'status') # First, check to see if pid file exists if test -s "$server_pid_file" ; then read mysqld_pid < $server_pid_file if kill -0 $mysqld_pid 2>/dev/null ; then log_success_msg "MySQL running ($mysqld_pid)" exit 0 else log_failure_msg "MySQL is not running, but PID file exists" exit 1 fi else # Try to find appropriate mysqld process mysqld_pid=`pidof $sbindir/mysqld` if test -z $mysqld_pid ; then if test "$use_mysqld_safe" = "0" ; then lockfile=/var/lock/subsys/mysqlmanager else lockfile=/var/lock/subsys/mysql fi if test -f $lockfile ; then log_failure_msg "MySQL is not running, but lock exists" exit 2 fi log_failure_msg "MySQL is not running" exit 3 else log_failure_msg "MySQL is running but PID file could not be found" exit 4 fi fi ;; *) # usage echo "Usage: $0 {start|stop|restart|reload|force-reload|status} [ MySQL server options ]" exit 1 ;; esac exit 0 An unimportant aside: The previous users of the machine kept a messy home directory. Their home directory was /root. I've pasted a copy at http://www.pastebin.ca/2167496. My question: Why is there a /etc/init.d/mysql file on this Slackware machine? How could it have gotten there? P.S. This question is far from perfect. Please feel free to edit it.

    Read the article

  • OpenVPN - Windows 8 to Windows 2008 Server, not connecting

    - by niico
    I have followed this tutorial about setting up an OpenVPN Server on Windows Server - and a client on Windows (in this case Windows 8). The server appears to be running fine - but it is not connecting with this error: Mon Jul 22 19:09:04 2013 Warning: cannot open --log file: C:\Program Files\OpenVPN\log\my-laptop.log: Access is denied. (errno=5) Mon Jul 22 19:09:04 2013 OpenVPN 2.3.2 x86_64-w64-mingw32 [SSL (OpenSSL)] [LZO] [PKCS11] [eurephia] [IPv6] built on Jun 3 2013 Mon Jul 22 19:09:04 2013 MANAGEMENT: TCP Socket listening on [AF_INET]127.0.0.1:25340 Mon Jul 22 19:09:04 2013 Need hold release from management interface, waiting... Mon Jul 22 19:09:05 2013 MANAGEMENT: Client connected from [AF_INET]127.0.0.1:25340 Mon Jul 22 19:09:05 2013 MANAGEMENT: CMD 'state on' Mon Jul 22 19:09:05 2013 MANAGEMENT: CMD 'log all on' Mon Jul 22 19:09:05 2013 MANAGEMENT: CMD 'hold off' Mon Jul 22 19:09:05 2013 MANAGEMENT: CMD 'hold release' Mon Jul 22 19:09:05 2013 Socket Buffers: R=[65536->65536] S=[65536->65536] Mon Jul 22 19:09:05 2013 UDPv4 link local: [undef] Mon Jul 22 19:09:05 2013 UDPv4 link remote: [AF_INET]66.666.66.666:9999 Mon Jul 22 19:09:05 2013 MANAGEMENT: >STATE:1374494945,WAIT,,, Mon Jul 22 19:10:05 2013 TLS Error: TLS key negotiation failed to occur within 60 seconds (check your network connectivity) Mon Jul 22 19:10:05 2013 TLS Error: TLS handshake failed Mon Jul 22 19:10:05 2013 SIGUSR1[soft,tls-error] received, process restarting Mon Jul 22 19:10:05 2013 MANAGEMENT: >STATE:1374495005,RECONNECTING,tls-error,, Mon Jul 22 19:10:05 2013 Restart pause, 2 second(s) Note I have changed the IP and port no (it uses a non-standard port for security reasons). That port is open on the hardware firewall. The server logs are showing a connection attempt from my client: TLS: Initial packet from [AF_INET]118.68.xx.xx:65011, sid=081af4ed xxxxxxxx Mon Jul 22 14:19:15 2013 118.68.xx.xx:65011 TLS Error: TLS key negotiation failed to occur within 60 seconds (check your network connectivity) How can I problem solve this & find the problem? Thx Update - Client config file: ############################################## # Sample client-side OpenVPN 2.0 config file # # for connecting to multi-client server. # # # # This configuration can be used by multiple # # clients, however each client should have # # its own cert and key files. # # # # On Windows, you might want to rename this # # file so it has a .ovpn extension # ############################################## # Specify that we are a client and that we # will be pulling certain config file directives # from the server. client # Use the same setting as you are using on # the server. # On most systems, the VPN will not function # unless you partially or fully disable # the firewall for the TUN/TAP interface. ;dev tap dev tun # Windows needs the TAP-Win32 adapter name # from the Network Connections panel # if you have more than one. On XP SP2, # you may need to disable the firewall # for the TAP adapter. ;dev-node MyTap # Are we connecting to a TCP or # UDP server? Use the same setting as # on the server. ;proto tcp proto udp # The hostname/IP and port of the server. # You can have multiple remote entries # to load balance between the servers. remote 00.00.00.00 1194 ;remote 00.00.00.00 9999 ;remote my-server-2 1194 # Choose a random host from the remote # list for load-balancing. Otherwise # try hosts in the order specified. ;remote-random # Keep trying indefinitely to resolve the # host name of the OpenVPN server. Very useful # on machines which are not permanently connected # to the internet such as laptops. resolv-retry infinite # Most clients don't need to bind to # a specific local port number. nobind # Downgrade privileges after initialization (non-Windows only) ;user nobody ;group nobody # Try to preserve some state across restarts. persist-key persist-tun # If you are connecting through an # HTTP proxy to reach the actual OpenVPN # server, put the proxy server/IP and # port number here. See the man page # if your proxy server requires # authentication. ;http-proxy-retry # retry on connection failures ;http-proxy [proxy server] [proxy port #] # Wireless networks often produce a lot # of duplicate packets. Set this flag # to silence duplicate packet warnings. ;mute-replay-warnings # SSL/TLS parms. # See the server config file for more # description. It's best to use # a separate .crt/.key file pair # for each client. A single ca # file can be used for all clients. ca "C:\\Program Files\\OpenVPN\\config\\ca.crt" cert "C:\\Program Files\\OpenVPN\\config\\my-laptop.crt" key "C:\\Program Files\\OpenVPN\\config\\my-laptop.key" # Verify server certificate by checking # that the certicate has the nsCertType # field set to "server". This is an # important precaution to protect against # a potential attack discussed here: # http://openvpn.net/howto.html#mitm # # To use this feature, you will need to generate # your server certificates with the nsCertType # field set to "server". The build-key-server # script in the easy-rsa folder will do this. ns-cert-type server # If a tls-auth key is used on the server # then every client must also have the key. ;tls-auth ta.key 1 # Select a cryptographic cipher. # If the cipher option is used on the server # then you must also specify it here. ;cipher x # Enable compression on the VPN link. # Don't enable this unless it is also # enabled in the server config file. comp-lzo # Set log file verbosity. verb 3 # Silence repeating messages ;mute 20 Server config file: ################################################# # Sample OpenVPN 2.0 config file for # # multi-client server. # # # # This file is for the server side # # of a many-clients <-> one-server # # OpenVPN configuration. # # # # OpenVPN also supports # # single-machine <-> single-machine # # configurations (See the Examples page # # on the web site for more info). # # # # This config should work on Windows # # or Linux/BSD systems. Remember on # # Windows to quote pathnames and use # # double backslashes, e.g.: # # "C:\\Program Files\\OpenVPN\\config\\foo.key" # # # # Comments are preceded with '#' or ';' # ################################################# # Which local IP address should OpenVPN # listen on? (optional) ;local 00.00.00.00 # Which TCP/UDP port should OpenVPN listen on? # If you want to run multiple OpenVPN instances # on the same machine, use a different port # number for each one. You will need to # open up this port on your firewall. std 1194 port 1194 # TCP or UDP server? ;proto tcp proto udp # "dev tun" will create a routed IP tunnel, # "dev tap" will create an ethernet tunnel. # Use "dev tap0" if you are ethernet bridging # and have precreated a tap0 virtual interface # and bridged it with your ethernet interface. # If you want to control access policies # over the VPN, you must create firewall # rules for the the TUN/TAP interface. # On non-Windows systems, you can give # an explicit unit number, such as tun0. # On Windows, use "dev-node" for this. # On most systems, the VPN will not function # unless you partially or fully disable # the firewall for the TUN/TAP interface. ;dev tap dev tun # Windows needs the TAP-Win32 adapter name # from the Network Connections panel if you # have more than one. On XP SP2 or higher, # you may need to selectively disable the # Windows firewall for the TAP adapter. # Non-Windows systems usually don't need this. ;dev-node MyTap # SSL/TLS root certificate (ca), certificate # (cert), and private key (key). Each client # and the server must have their own cert and # key file. The server and all clients will # use the same ca file. # # See the "easy-rsa" directory for a series # of scripts for generating RSA certificates # and private keys. Remember to use # a unique Common Name for the server # and each of the client certificates. # # Any X509 key management system can be used. # OpenVPN can also use a PKCS #12 formatted key file # (see "pkcs12" directive in man page). ca "C:\\Program Files\\OpenVPN\\config\\ca.crt" cert "C:\\Program Files\\OpenVPN\\config\\server.crt" key "C:\\Program Files\\OpenVPN\\config\\server.key" # Diffie hellman parameters. # Generate your own with: # openssl dhparam -out dh1024.pem 1024 # Substitute 2048 for 1024 if you are using # 2048 bit keys. dh "C:\\Program Files\\OpenVPN\\config\\dh2048.pem" # Configure server mode and supply a VPN subnet # for OpenVPN to draw client addresses from. # The server will take 10.8.0.1 for itself, # the rest will be made available to clients. # Each client will be able to reach the server # on 10.8.0.1. Comment this line out if you are # ethernet bridging. See the man page for more info. server 10.8.0.0 255.255.255.0 # Maintain a record of client <-> virtual IP address # associations in this file. If OpenVPN goes down or # is restarted, reconnecting clients can be assigned # the same virtual IP address from the pool that was # previously assigned. ifconfig-pool-persist ipp.txt # Configure server mode for ethernet bridging. # You must first use your OS's bridging capability # to bridge the TAP interface with the ethernet # NIC interface. Then you must manually set the # IP/netmask on the bridge interface, here we # assume 10.8.0.4/255.255.255.0. Finally we # must set aside an IP range in this subnet # (start=10.8.0.50 end=10.8.0.100) to allocate # to connecting clients. Leave this line commented # out unless you are ethernet bridging. ;server-bridge 10.8.0.4 255.255.255.0 10.8.0.50 10.8.0.100 # Configure server mode for ethernet bridging # using a DHCP-proxy, where clients talk # to the OpenVPN server-side DHCP server # to receive their IP address allocation # and DNS server addresses. You must first use # your OS's bridging capability to bridge the TAP # interface with the ethernet NIC interface. # Note: this mode only works on clients (such as # Windows), where the client-side TAP adapter is # bound to a DHCP client. ;server-bridge # Push routes to the client to allow it # to reach other private subnets behind # the server. Remember that these # private subnets will also need # to know to route the OpenVPN client # address pool (10.8.0.0/255.255.255.0) # back to the OpenVPN server. ;push "route 192.168.10.0 255.255.255.0" ;push "route 192.168.20.0 255.255.255.0" # To assign specific IP addresses to specific # clients or if a connecting client has a private # subnet behind it that should also have VPN access, # use the subdirectory "ccd" for client-specific # configuration files (see man page for more info). # EXAMPLE: Suppose the client # having the certificate common name "Thelonious" # also has a small subnet behind his connecting # machine, such as 192.168.40.128/255.255.255.248. # First, uncomment out these lines: ;client-config-dir ccd ;route 192.168.40.128 255.255.255.248 # Then create a file ccd/Thelonious with this line: # iroute 192.168.40.128 255.255.255.248 # This will allow Thelonious' private subnet to # access the VPN. This example will only work # if you are routing, not bridging, i.e. you are # using "dev tun" and "server" directives. # EXAMPLE: Suppose you want to give # Thelonious a fixed VPN IP address of 10.9.0.1. # First uncomment out these lines: ;client-config-dir ccd ;route 10.9.0.0 255.255.255.252 # Then add this line to ccd/Thelonious: # ifconfig-push 10.9.0.1 10.9.0.2 # Suppose that you want to enable different # firewall access policies for different groups # of clients. There are two methods: # (1) Run multiple OpenVPN daemons, one for each # group, and firewall the TUN/TAP interface # for each group/daemon appropriately. # (2) (Advanced) Create a script to dynamically # modify the firewall in response to access # from different clients. See man # page for more info on learn-address script. ;learn-address ./script # If enabled, this directive will configure # all clients to redirect their default # network gateway through the VPN, causing # all IP traffic such as web browsing and # and DNS lookups to go through the VPN # (The OpenVPN server machine may need to NAT # or bridge the TUN/TAP interface to the internet # in order for this to work properly). ;push "redirect-gateway def1 bypass-dhcp" # Certain Windows-specific network settings # can be pushed to clients, such as DNS # or WINS server addresses. CAVEAT: # http://openvpn.net/faq.html#dhcpcaveats # The addresses below refer to the public # DNS servers provided by opendns.com. ;push "dhcp-option DNS 208.67.222.222" ;push "dhcp-option DNS 208.67.220.220" # Uncomment this directive to allow differenta # clients to be able to "see" each other. # By default, clients will only see the server. # To force clients to only see the server, you # will also need to appropriately firewall the # server's TUN/TAP interface. ;client-to-client # Uncomment this directive if multiple clients # might connect with the same certificate/key # files or common names. This is recommended # only for testing purposes. For production use, # each client should have its own certificate/key # pair. # # IF YOU HAVE NOT GENERATED INDIVIDUAL # CERTIFICATE/KEY PAIRS FOR EACH CLIENT, # EACH HAVING ITS OWN UNIQUE "COMMON NAME", # UNCOMMENT THIS LINE OUT. ;duplicate-cn # The keepalive directive causes ping-like # messages to be sent back and forth over # the link so that each side knows when # the other side has gone down. # Ping every 10 seconds, assume that remote # peer is down if no ping received during # a 120 second time period. keepalive 10 120 # For extra security beyond that provided # by SSL/TLS, create an "HMAC firewall" # to help block DoS attacks and UDP port flooding. # # Generate with: # openvpn --genkey --secret ta.key # # The server and each client must have # a copy of this key. # The second parameter should be '0' # on the server and '1' on the clients. ;tls-auth ta.key 0 # This file is secret # Select a cryptographic cipher. # This config item must be copied to # the client config file as well. ;cipher BF-CBC # Blowfish (default) ;cipher AES-128-CBC # AES ;cipher DES-EDE3-CBC # Triple-DES # Enable compression on the VPN link. # If you enable it here, you must also # enable it in the client config file. comp-lzo # The maximum number of concurrently connected # clients we want to allow. ;max-clients 100 # It's a good idea to reduce the OpenVPN # daemon's privileges after initialization. # # You can uncomment this out on # non-Windows systems. ;user nobody ;group nobody # The persist options will try to avoid # accessing certain resources on restart # that may no longer be accessible because # of the privilege downgrade. persist-key persist-tun # Output a short status file showing # current connections, truncated # and rewritten every minute. status openvpn-status.log # By default, log messages will go to the syslog (or # on Windows, if running as a service, they will go to # the "\Program Files\OpenVPN\log" directory). # Use log or log-append to override this default. # "log" will truncate the log file on OpenVPN startup, # while "log-append" will append to it. Use one # or the other (but not both). ;log openvpn.log ;log-append openvpn.log # Set the appropriate level of log # file verbosity. # # 0 is silent, except for fatal errors # 4 is reasonable for general usage # 5 and 6 can help to debug connection problems # 9 is extremely verbose verb 3 # Silence repeating messages. At most 20 # sequential messages of the same message # category will be output to the log. ;mute 20 I have changed IP's for security

    Read the article

  • Camera Preview App in Android throwing many errors (Nexus 4)

    - by Jagatheesan Jack
    I am trying to develop a camera app that takes a picture and saves it in a SQLite database. I get a lot of errors when executing the application. My code is as below. Any idea? CameraActivity.java private Camera mCamera; private CameraPreview mPreview; private int CAMERA_RETURN_CODE=100; private static final String TAG = "Take_Picture"; public static final int MEDIA_TYPE_IMAGE = 1; public static final int MEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO = 2; private Bitmap cameraBmp; private int MAX_FACES = 1; private Face[] faceList; public RectF[] rects; private Canvas canvas; private Drawable pictureDataDrawable; private MySQLiteHelper database; @Override public void onCreate(Bundle savedInstanceState) { super.onCreate(savedInstanceState); setContentView(R.layout.camera_activity); //this.requestWindowFeature(Window.FEATURE_NO_TITLE); //Create an instance of Camera mCamera = getCameraInstance(); setCameraDisplayOrientation(this, 0, mCamera); // Create our Preview view and set it as the content of our activity. mPreview = new CameraPreview(this, mCamera); FrameLayout preview = (FrameLayout) findViewById(R.id.camera_preview); preview.addView(mPreview); database = new MySQLiteHelper(getApplicationContext()); Button captureButton = (Button) findViewById(R.id.button_capture); captureButton.setOnClickListener( new View.OnClickListener() { private PictureCallback mPicture; @Override public void onClick(View v) { //mCamera.startPreview(); // get an image from the camera mCamera.takePicture(null, null, mPicture); PictureCallback mPicture = new PictureCallback() { @Override public void onPictureTaken(byte[] data, Camera camera) { try{ if (data != null) database.addEntry(data); //mCamera.startPreview(); } catch(Exception e){ Log.d(TAG, e.getMessage()); } } } ); } /** A safe way to get an instance of the Camera object. */ public static Camera getCameraInstance(){ Camera c = null; try { c = Camera.open(c.getNumberOfCameras()-1); // attempt to get a Camera instance } catch (Exception e){ // Camera is not available (in use or does not exist) } return c; // returns null if camera is unavailable } public static void setCameraDisplayOrientation(Activity activity, int cameraId, android.hardware.Camera camera) { android.hardware.Camera.CameraInfo info = new android.hardware.Camera.CameraInfo(); android.hardware.Camera.getCameraInfo(cameraId, info); int rotation = activity.getWindowManager().getDefaultDisplay() .getRotation(); int degrees = 360; /*switch (rotation) { case Surface.ROTATION_0: degrees = 0; break; case Surface.ROTATION_90: degrees = 90; break; case Surface.ROTATION_180: degrees = 180; break; case Surface.ROTATION_270: degrees = 270; break; }*/ int result; if (info.facing == Camera.CameraInfo.CAMERA_FACING_FRONT) { result = (info.orientation + degrees) % 360; result = (360 - result) % 360; // compensate the mirror } else { // back-facing result = (info.orientation - degrees + 360) % 360; } camera.setDisplayOrientation(result); } @Override protected void onPause() { super.onPause(); //releaseMediaRecorder(); // if you are using MediaRecorder, release it first releaseCamera(); // release the camera immediately on pause event } private void releaseCamera(){ if (mCamera != null){ mCamera.release(); // release the camera for other applications mCamera = null; } } public void startFaceDetection(){ // Try starting Face Detection Camera.Parameters params = mCamera.getParameters(); // start face detection only *after* preview has started if (params.getMaxNumDetectedFaces() > 0){ // camera supports face detection, so can start it: mCamera.startFaceDetection(); } } CameraPreview.java public class CameraPreview extends SurfaceView implements SurfaceHolder.Callback { private SurfaceHolder mHolder; private Camera mCamera; private String TAG; private List<Size> mSupportedPreviewSizes; public CameraPreview(Context context, Camera camera) { super(context); mCamera = camera; // Install a SurfaceHolder.Callback so we get notified when the // underlying surface is created and destroyed. mHolder = getHolder(); mHolder.addCallback(this); // deprecated setting, but required on Android versions prior to 3.0 mHolder.setType(SurfaceHolder.SURFACE_TYPE_PUSH_BUFFERS); } public void surfaceCreated(SurfaceHolder holder) { // The Surface has been created, now tell the camera where to draw the preview. try { mCamera.setPreviewDisplay(holder); mCamera.setDisplayOrientation(90); mCamera.startPreview(); } catch (IOException e) { Log.d(TAG, "Error setting camera preview: " + e.getMessage()); } } public void surfaceDestroyed(SurfaceHolder holder) { // empty. Take care of releasing the Camera preview in your activity. } public void surfaceChanged(SurfaceHolder holder, int format, int w, int h) { // If your preview can change or rotate, take care of those events here. // Make sure to stop the preview before resizing or reformatting it. if (mHolder.getSurface() == null){ // preview surface does not exist return; } // stop preview before making changes try { mCamera.stopPreview(); } catch (Exception e){ // ignore: tried to stop a non-existent preview } try { mCamera.setPreviewDisplay(mHolder); mCamera.startPreview(); } catch (Exception e){ Log.d(TAG, "Error starting camera preview: " + e.getMessage()); } } public void setCamera(Camera camera) { if (mCamera == camera) { return; } mCamera = camera; if (mCamera != null) { List<Size> localSizes = mCamera.getParameters().getSupportedPreviewSizes(); mSupportedPreviewSizes = localSizes; requestLayout(); try { mCamera.setPreviewDisplay(mHolder); } catch (IOException e) { e.printStackTrace(); } /* Important: Call startPreview() to start updating the preview surface. Preview must be started before you can take a picture. */ mCamera.startPreview(); } } MySQLiteHelper.java private static final int count = 0; public static final String TABLE_IMAGE = "images"; public static final String COLUMN_ID = "_id"; public static final String PICTURE_DATA = "picture"; public static final String DATABASE_NAME = "images.db"; public static final int DATABASE_VERSION = 1; public static final String DATABASE_CREATE = "create table " + TABLE_IMAGE + "(" + COLUMN_ID + " integer primary key autoincrement, " + PICTURE_DATA + " blob not null);"; public static SQLiteDatabase database; private static String TAG = "test"; public MySQLiteHelper(Context context) { super(context, DATABASE_NAME, null, DATABASE_VERSION); // TODO Auto-generated constructor stub } public MySQLiteHelper(Context context, String name, CursorFactory factory, int version, DatabaseErrorHandler errorHandler) { super(context, name, factory, version, errorHandler); // TODO Auto-generated constructor stub } @Override public void onCreate(SQLiteDatabase database) { database.execSQL(DATABASE_CREATE); } @Override public void onUpgrade(SQLiteDatabase db, int oldVersion, int newVersion) { Log.w(MySQLiteHelper.class.getName(), "Upgrading database from version " + oldVersion + " to " + newVersion + ", which will destroy all old data"); db.execSQL("DROP TABLE IF EXISTS " + TABLE_IMAGE); onCreate(db); } /** * @param args */ public static void main(String[] args) { // TODO Auto-generated method stub } public void addEntry(byte [] array) throws SQLiteException{ ContentValues cv = new ContentValues(); //cv.put(KEY_NAME, name); cv.put(PICTURE_DATA, array); database.insert( TABLE_IMAGE, null, cv ); Log.w(TAG , "added " +count+ "images"); database.close(); } Errors 11-07 23:28:39.050: E/mm-libcamera2(176): PROFILE HAL: stopPreview(): E: 1383838119.067589459 11-07 23:28:39.050: E/mm-camera(201): config_MSG_ID_STOP_ACK: streamon_mask is not clear. Should not call PP_Release_HW 11-07 23:28:39.090: E/QCameraHWI(176): android::status_t android::QCameraHardwareInterface::setPreviewWindow(preview_stream_ops_t*):Received Setting NULL preview window 11-07 23:28:39.090: E/QCameraHWI(176): android::status_t android::QCameraHardwareInterface::setPreviewWindow(preview_stream_ops_t*): mPreviewWindow = 0x0x0, mStreamDisplay = 0x0xb8a9df90 11-07 23:28:39.090: E/mm-camera(201): config_shutdown_pp Camera not in streaming mode. Returning. 11-07 23:28:39.090: E/mm-camera(201): vfe_ops_deinit: E 11-07 23:28:39.120: E/qcom_sensors_hal(533): hal_process_report_ind: Bad item quality: 11 11-07 23:28:39.310: E/qcom_sensors_hal(533): hal_process_report_ind: Bad item quality: 11 11-07 23:28:39.330: E/mm-camera(201): sensor_load_chromatix: libchromatix_imx119_preview.so: 30 11-07 23:28:39.340: E/mm-camera(201): vfe_ops_init: E 11-07 23:28:39.360: E/mm-camera(201): vfe_legacy_stats_buffer_init: AEC_STATS_BUFNUM 11-07 23:28:39.360: E/mm-camera(201): vfe_legacy_stats_buffer_init: AEC_STATS_BUFNUM 11-07 23:28:39.360: E/mm-camera(201): mctl_init_stats_proc_info: snap_max_line_cnt =25776 11-07 23:28:39.440: E/QCameraHWI(176): android::status_t android::QCameraHardwareInterface::setPreviewWindow(preview_stream_ops_t*): mPreviewWindow = 0x0xb8aa1780, mStreamDisplay = 0x0xb8a9df90 11-07 23:28:39.440: E/mm-camera(201): config_proc_CAMERA_SET_INFORM_STARTPREVIEW 11-07 23:28:39.450: E/mm-camera(201): config_update_stream_info Storing stream parameters for video inst 1 as : width = 640, height 480, format = 1 inst_handle = 810081 cid = 0 11-07 23:28:39.490: E/mm-camera(201): config_update_stream_info Storing stream parameters for video inst 3 as : width = 640, height 480, format = 1 inst_handle = 830083 cid = 0 11-07 23:28:39.490: E/mm-camera(201): config_update_stream_info Storing stream parameters for video inst 4 as : width = 512, height 384, format = 1 inst_handle = 840084 cid = 0 11-07 23:28:39.500: E/mm-camera(201): config_decide_vfe_outputs: Ports Used 3, Op mode 1 11-07 23:28:39.500: E/mm-camera(201): config_decide_vfe_outputs Current mode 0 Full size streaming : Disabled 11-07 23:28:39.500: E/mm-camera(201): config_decide_vfe_outputs: Primary: 640x480, extra_pad: 0x0, Fmt: 1, Type: 1, Path: 1 11-07 23:28:39.500: E/mm-camera(201): config_decide_vfe_outputs: Secondary: 640x480, extra_pad: 0x0, Fmt: 1, Type: 3, Path: 4 11-07 23:28:39.510: E/mm-camera(201): config_update_inst_handles Updated the inst handles as 810081, 830083, 0, 0 11-07 23:28:39.631: E/mm-camera(201): sensor_load_chromatix: libchromatix_imx119_preview.so: 30 11-07 23:28:39.631: E/mm-camera(201): camif_client_set_params: camif has associated with obj mask 0x1 11-07 23:28:39.631: E/mm-camera(201): config_v2_CAMERA_START_common CAMIF_PARAMS_ADD_OBJ_ID failed -1 11-07 23:28:39.641: E/mm-camera(201): vfe_operation_config: format 3 11-07 23:28:39.641: E/mm-camera(201): vfe_operation_config:vfe_op_mode=5 11-07 23:28:39.641: E/mm-camera(201): Invalid ASD Set Params Type 11-07 23:28:39.641: E/mm-camera(201): vfe_set_bestshot: Bestshot mode not changed

    Read the article

  • Logging Into a site that uses Live.com authentication with C#

    - by Josh
    I've been trying to automate a log in to a website I frequent, www.bungie.net. The site is associated with Microsoft and Xbox Live, and as such makes uses of the Windows Live ID API when people log in to their site. I am relatively new to creating web spiders/robots, and I worry that I'm misunderstanding some of the most basic concepts. I've simulated logins to other sites such as Facebook and Gmail, but live.com has given me nothing but trouble. Anyways, I've been using Wireshark and the Firefox addon Tamper Data to try and figure out what I need to post, and what cookies I need to include with my requests. As far as I know these are the steps one must follow to log in to this site. 1. Visit https: //login.live.com/login.srf?wa=wsignin1.0&rpsnv=11&ct=1268167141&rver=5.5.4177.0&wp=LBI&wreply=http:%2F%2Fwww.bungie.net%2FDefault.aspx&id=42917 2. Recieve the cookies MSPRequ and MSPOK. 3. Post the values from the form ID "PPSX", the values from the form ID "PPFT", your username, your password all to a changing URL similar to: https: //login.live.com/ppsecure/post.srf?wa=wsignin1.0&rpsnv=11&ct= (there are a few numbers that change at the end of that URL) 4. Live.com returns the user a page with more hidden forms to post. The client then posts the values from the form "ANON", the value from the form "ANONExp" and the values from the form "t" to the URL: http ://www.bung ie.net/Default.aspx?wa=wsignin1.0 5. After posting that data, the user is returned a variety of cookies the most important of which is "BNGAuth" which is the log in cookie for the site. Where I am having trouble is on fifth step, but that doesn't neccesarily mean I've done all the other steps correctly. I post the data from "ANON", "ANONExp" and "t" but instead of being returned a BNGAuth cookie, I'm returned a cookie named "RSPMaybe" and redirected to the home page. When I review the Wireshark log, I noticed something that instantly stood out to me as different between the log when I logged in with Firefox and when my program ran. It could be nothing but I'll include the picture here for you to review. I'm being returned an HTTP packet from the site before I post the data in the fourth step. I'm not sure how this is happening, but it must be a side effect from something I'm doing wrong in the HTTPS steps. ![alt text][1] http://img391.imageshack.us/img391/6049/31394881.gif using System; using System.Collections.Generic; using System.Collections.Specialized; using System.Text; using System.Net; using System.IO; using System.IO.Compression; using System.Security.Cryptography; using System.Security.Cryptography.X509Certificates; using System.Web; namespace SpiderFromScratch { class Program { static void Main(string[] args) { CookieContainer cookies = new CookieContainer(); Uri url = new Uri("https://login.live.com/login.srf?wa=wsignin1.0&rpsnv=11&ct=1268167141&rver=5.5.4177.0&wp=LBI&wreply=http:%2F%2Fwww.bungie.net%2FDefault.aspx&id=42917"); HttpWebRequest http = (HttpWebRequest)HttpWebRequest.Create(url); http.Timeout = 30000; http.UserAgent = "Mozilla/5.0 (Windows; U; Windows NT 5.1; en-US; rv:1.9.1.8) Gecko/20100202 Firefox/3.5.8 (.NET CLR 3.5.30729)"; http.Accept = "text/html,application/xhtml+xml,application/xml;q=0.9,*/*;q=0.8"; http.Headers.Add("Accept-Language", "en-us,en;q=0.5"); http.Headers.Add("Accept-Charset", "ISO-8859-1,utf-8;q=0.7,*;q=0.7"); http.Headers.Add("Keep-Alive", "300"); http.Referer = "http://www.bungie.net/"; http.ContentType = "application/x-www-form-urlencoded"; http.CookieContainer = new CookieContainer(); http.Method = WebRequestMethods.Http.Get; HttpWebResponse response = (HttpWebResponse)http.GetResponse(); StreamReader readStream = new StreamReader(response.GetResponseStream()); string HTML = readStream.ReadToEnd(); readStream.Close(); //gets the cookies (they are set in the eighth header) string[] strCookies = response.Headers.GetValues(8); response.Close(); string name, value; Cookie manualCookie; for (int i = 0; i < strCookies.Length; i++) { name = strCookies[i].Substring(0, strCookies[i].IndexOf("=")); value = strCookies[i].Substring(strCookies[i].IndexOf("=") + 1, strCookies[i].IndexOf(";") - strCookies[i].IndexOf("=") - 1); manualCookie = new Cookie(name, "\"" + value + "\""); Uri manualURL = new Uri("http://login.live.com"); http.CookieContainer.Add(manualURL, manualCookie); } //stores the cookies to be used later cookies = http.CookieContainer; //Get the PPSX value string PPSX = HTML.Remove(0, HTML.IndexOf("PPSX")); PPSX = PPSX.Remove(0, PPSX.IndexOf("value") + 7); PPSX = PPSX.Substring(0, PPSX.IndexOf("\"")); //Get this random PPFT value string PPFT = HTML.Remove(0, HTML.IndexOf("PPFT")); PPFT = PPFT.Remove(0, PPFT.IndexOf("value") + 7); PPFT = PPFT.Substring(0, PPFT.IndexOf("\"")); //Get the random URL you POST to string POSTURL = HTML.Remove(0, HTML.IndexOf("https://login.live.com/ppsecure/post.srf?wa=wsignin1.0&rpsnv=11&ct=")); POSTURL = POSTURL.Substring(0, POSTURL.IndexOf("\"")); //POST with cookies http = (HttpWebRequest)HttpWebRequest.Create(POSTURL); http.UserAgent = "Mozilla/5.0 (Windows; U; Windows NT 5.1; en-US; rv:1.9.1.8) Gecko/20100202 Firefox/3.5.8 (.NET CLR 3.5.30729)"; http.Accept = "text/html,application/xhtml+xml,application/xml;q=0.9,*/*;q=0.8"; http.Headers.Add("Accept-Language", "en-us,en;q=0.5"); http.Headers.Add("Accept-Charset", "ISO-8859-1,utf-8;q=0.7,*;q=0.7"); http.Headers.Add("Keep-Alive", "300"); http.CookieContainer = cookies; http.Referer = "https://login.live.com/login.srf?wa=wsignin1.0&rpsnv=11&ct=1268158321&rver=5.5.4177.0&wp=LBI&wreply=http:%2F%2Fwww.bungie.net%2FDefault.aspx&id=42917"; http.ContentType = "application/x-www-form-urlencoded"; http.Method = WebRequestMethods.Http.Post; Stream ostream = http.GetRequestStream(); //used to convert strings into bytes System.Text.ASCIIEncoding encoding = new System.Text.ASCIIEncoding(); //Post information byte[] buffer = encoding.GetBytes("PPSX=" + PPSX +"&PwdPad=IfYouAreReadingThisYouHaveTooMuc&login=YOUREMAILGOESHERE&passwd=YOURWORDGOESHERE" + "&LoginOptions=2&PPFT=" + PPFT); ostream.Write(buffer, 0, buffer.Length); ostream.Close(); HttpWebResponse response2 = (HttpWebResponse)http.GetResponse(); readStream = new StreamReader(response2.GetResponseStream()); HTML = readStream.ReadToEnd(); response2.Close(); ostream.Dispose(); foreach (Cookie cookie in response2.Cookies) { Console.WriteLine(cookie.Name + ": "); Console.WriteLine(cookie.Value); Console.WriteLine(cookie.Expires); Console.WriteLine(); } //SET POSTURL value string POSTANON = "http://www.bungie.net/Default.aspx?wa=wsignin1.0"; //Get the ANON value string ANON = HTML.Remove(0, HTML.IndexOf("ANON")); ANON = ANON.Remove(0, ANON.IndexOf("value") + 7); ANON = ANON.Substring(0, ANON.IndexOf("\"")); ANON = HttpUtility.UrlEncode(ANON); //Get the ANONExp value string ANONExp = HTML.Remove(0, HTML.IndexOf("ANONExp")); ANONExp = ANONExp.Remove(0, ANONExp.IndexOf("value") + 7); ANONExp = ANONExp.Substring(0, ANONExp.IndexOf("\"")); ANONExp = HttpUtility.UrlEncode(ANONExp); //Get the t value string t = HTML.Remove(0, HTML.IndexOf("id=\"t\"")); t = t.Remove(0, t.IndexOf("value") + 7); t = t.Substring(0, t.IndexOf("\"")); t = HttpUtility.UrlEncode(t); //POST the Info and Accept the Bungie Cookies http = (HttpWebRequest)HttpWebRequest.Create(POSTANON); http.UserAgent = "Mozilla/5.0 (Windows; U; Windows NT 5.1; en-US; rv:1.9.1.8) Gecko/20100202 Firefox/3.5.8 (.NET CLR 3.5.30729)"; http.Accept = "text/html,application/xhtml+xml,application/xml;q=0.9,*/*;q=0.8"; http.Headers.Add("Accept-Language", "en-us,en;q=0.5"); http.Headers.Add("Accept-Encoding", "gzip,deflate"); http.Headers.Add("Accept-Charset", "ISO-8859-1,utf-8;q=0.7,*;q=0.7"); http.Headers.Add("Keep-Alive", "115"); http.CookieContainer = new CookieContainer(); http.ContentType = "application/x-www-form-urlencoded"; http.Method = WebRequestMethods.Http.Post; http.Expect = null; ostream = http.GetRequestStream(); int test = ANON.Length; int test1 = ANONExp.Length; int test2 = t.Length; buffer = encoding.GetBytes("ANON=" + ANON +"&ANONExp=" + ANONExp + "&t=" + t); ostream.Write(buffer, 0, buffer.Length); ostream.Close(); //Here lies the problem, I am not returned the correct cookies. HttpWebResponse response3 = (HttpWebResponse)http.GetResponse(); GZipStream gzip = new GZipStream(response3.GetResponseStream(), CompressionMode.Decompress); readStream = new StreamReader(gzip); HTML = readStream.ReadToEnd(); //gets both cookies string[] strCookies2 = response3.Headers.GetValues(11); response3.Close(); } } } This has given me problems and I've put many hours into learning about HTTP protocols so any help would be appreciated. If there is an article detailing a similar log in to live.com feel free to point the way. I've been looking far and wide for any articles with working solutions. If I could be clearer, feel free to ask as this is my first time using Stack Overflow. Cheers, --Josh

    Read the article

  • Inheritance of templates in WPF

    - by Alxandr
    I'm trying to make sure that every child of a given element (MPF.MWindow) gets custom templates. For instance, the button should get the template defined in resMButton.xaml. As of now I'm using the following code on: (resMWindow.xaml) <ResourceDictionary xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml/presentation" xmlns:x="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml" xmlns:local="clr-namespace:MPF"> <Style x:Key="SystemKeyAnimations" TargetType="{x:Type Button}"> <Setter Property="Opacity" Value="0.5" /> <Setter Property="Background" Value="Transparent" /> <Style.Triggers> <EventTrigger RoutedEvent="Mouse.MouseEnter"> <BeginStoryboard> <Storyboard> <DoubleAnimationUsingKeyFrames BeginTime="00:00:00" Storyboard.TargetProperty="Opacity"> <SplineDoubleKeyFrame KeyTime="00:00:00.2" Value="1.0" /> </DoubleAnimationUsingKeyFrames> </Storyboard> </BeginStoryboard> </EventTrigger> <EventTrigger RoutedEvent="Mouse.MouseLeave"> <BeginStoryboard> <Storyboard> <DoubleAnimationUsingKeyFrames BeginTime="00:00:00" Storyboard.TargetProperty="Opacity"> <SplineDoubleKeyFrame KeyTime="00:00:00.2" Value="0.5" /> </DoubleAnimationUsingKeyFrames> </Storyboard> </BeginStoryboard> </EventTrigger> </Style.Triggers> </Style> <Style TargetType="{x:Type local:MWindow}"> <!-- Remove default frame appearance --> <Setter Property="WindowStyle" Value="None" /> <Setter Property="AllowsTransparency" Value="True" /> <Setter Property="Background" Value="Transparent" /> <Setter Property="Template"> <Setter.Value> <ControlTemplate TargetType="{x:Type local:MWindow}"> <Border Background="{TemplateBinding Background}" BorderBrush="{TemplateBinding BorderBrush}" BorderThickness="{TemplateBinding BorderThickness}" x:Name="ChromeBorder"> <Grid> <Grid.ColumnDefinitions> <ColumnDefinition Width="4" /> <ColumnDefinition /> <ColumnDefinition Width="4" /> </Grid.ColumnDefinitions> <Grid.RowDefinitions> <RowDefinition Height="4" /> <RowDefinition /> <RowDefinition Height="4" /> </Grid.RowDefinitions> <Thumb Grid.Row="0" Grid.Column="1" x:Name="TopThumb" Cursor="SizeNS" BorderThickness="4" BorderBrush="Transparent" /> <Thumb Grid.Row="2" Grid.Column="1" x:Name="BottomThumb" Cursor="SizeNS" BorderThickness="4" BorderBrush="Transparent" /> <Thumb Grid.Row="1" Grid.Column="0" x:Name="LeftThumb" Cursor="SizeWE" BorderThickness="4" BorderBrush="Transparent" /> <Thumb Grid.Row="1" Grid.Column="2" x:Name="RightThumb" Cursor="SizeWE" BorderThickness="4" BorderBrush="Transparent" /> <Thumb Grid.Row="0" Grid.Column="0" x:Name="TopLeftThumb" Cursor="SizeNWSE" BorderThickness="5" BorderBrush="Transparent" /> <Thumb Grid.Row="0" Grid.Column="2" x:Name="TopRightThumb" Cursor="SizeNESW" BorderThickness="5" BorderBrush="Transparent" /> <Thumb Grid.Row="2" Grid.Column="0" x:Name="BottomLeftThumb" Cursor="SizeNESW" BorderThickness="5" BorderBrush="Transparent" /> <Thumb Grid.Row="2" Grid.Column="2" x:Name="BottomRightThumb" Cursor="SizeNWSE" BorderThickness="5" BorderBrush="Transparent" /> <Grid Grid.Row="1" Grid.Column="1"> <Grid.RowDefinitions> <RowDefinition Height="20" /> <RowDefinition /> </Grid.RowDefinitions> <Grid> <Grid.ColumnDefinitions> <ColumnDefinition /> <ColumnDefinition Width="Auto" /> </Grid.ColumnDefinitions> <StackPanel Orientation="Horizontal" Grid.Column="1"> <Button Command="local:WindowCommands.Minimize" Style="{StaticResource ResourceKey=SystemKeyAnimations}"> <Button.Template> <ControlTemplate> <Canvas Width="10" Height="10" Margin="5" Background="Transparent"> <Line X1="0" X2="10" Y1="5" Y2="5" Stroke="White" StrokeThickness="2" /> </Canvas> </ControlTemplate> </Button.Template> </Button> <Button Command="local:WindowCommands.Maximize" x:Name="MaximizeButton" Style="{StaticResource ResourceKey=SystemKeyAnimations}"> <Button.Template> <ControlTemplate> <Canvas Width="10" Height="10" Margin="5" Background="Transparent"> <Rectangle Width="10" Height="10" Stroke="White" StrokeThickness="2" /> </Canvas> </ControlTemplate> </Button.Template> </Button> <Button Command="ApplicationCommands.Close" Style="{StaticResource ResourceKey=SystemKeyAnimations}"> <Button.Template> <ControlTemplate> <Canvas Width="10" Height="10" Margin="5" Background="Transparent"> <Line X1="0" X2="10" Y1="0" Y2="10" Stroke="White" StrokeThickness="2" /> <Line X1="10" X2="0" Y1="0" Y2="10" Stroke="White" StrokeThickness="2" /> </Canvas> </ControlTemplate> </Button.Template> </Button> </StackPanel> <ContentControl x:Name="TitleContentControl"> <TextBlock Text="{TemplateBinding Title}" Foreground="DarkGray" Margin="5,0" /> </ContentControl> </Grid> <ContentPresenter Content="{TemplateBinding Content}" Grid.Row="1"> <ContentPresenter.Resources> <ResourceDictionary> <ResourceDictionary.MergedDictionaries> <ResourceDictionary Source="/MPF;component/Themes/resMWindowContent.xaml" /> </ResourceDictionary.MergedDictionaries> </ResourceDictionary> </ContentPresenter.Resources> </ContentPresenter> </Grid> </Grid> </Border> </ControlTemplate> </Setter.Value> </Setter> </Style> </ResourceDictionary> As you can see during the ContentPresenter which gets the content of the window I merge in a dicrionary called resMWindowContent.xaml. The resMWindowContent.xaml looks as following: <ResourceDictionary xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml/presentation" xmlns:x="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml" xmlns:local="clr-namespace:MPF"> <ResourceDictionary.MergedDictionaries> <ResourceDictionary Source="/MPF;component/Themes/resMButton.xaml" /> </ResourceDictionary.MergedDictionaries> </ResourceDictionary> It simply merges in the resMButton.xaml dictionary (this is done because in the feature I will have MTextBox, mList... and I want to separate them). The resMButton.xaml looks as following: <ResourceDictionary xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml/presentation" xmlns:x="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml" xmlns:local="clr-namespace:MPF"> <Style TargetType="{x:Type Button}"> <Setter Property="Template"> <Setter.Value> <ControlTemplate TargetType="{x:Type Button}"> <Grid Background="Transparent"> <Rectangle Stroke="{TemplateBinding BorderBrush}" StrokeThickness="{TemplateBinding BorderThickness}" Fill="{TemplateBinding Background}" /> <ContentPresenter Content="{TemplateBinding Content}" Margin="3" /> </Grid> </ControlTemplate> </Setter.Value> </Setter> </Style> </ResourceDictionary> A simple template drawing a square button. However, it isn't applied at all. My buttons remain normal, and I don't understand what I'm doing wrong. I just want every button inside the MWindow to get a special style (and in time every textbox and so forth). How do I achieve this? One note though: It's important that the styles doesn't apply to elements outside an MWindow.

    Read the article

  • Logging Into a site that uses Live.com authentication

    - by Josh
    I've been trying to automate a log in to a website I frequent, www.bungie.net. The site is associated with Microsoft and Xbox Live, and as such makes uses of the Windows Live ID API when people log in to their site. I am relatively new to creating web spiders/robots, and I worry that I'm misunderstanding some of the most basic concepts. I've simulated logins to other sites such as Facebook and Gmail, but live.com has given me nothing but trouble. Anyways, I've been using Wireshark and the Firefox addon Tamper Data to try and figure out what I need to post, and what cookies I need to include with my requests. As far as I know these are the steps one must follow to log in to this site. 1. Visit https: //login.live.com/login.srf?wa=wsignin1.0&rpsnv=11&ct=1268167141&rver=5.5.4177.0&wp=LBI&wreply=http:%2F%2Fwww.bungie.net%2FDefault.aspx&id=42917 2. Recieve the cookies MSPRequ and MSPOK. 3. Post the values from the form ID "PPSX", the values from the form ID "PPFT", your username, your password all to a changing URL similar to: https: //login.live.com/ppsecure/post.srf?wa=wsignin1.0&rpsnv=11&ct= (there are a few numbers that change at the end of that URL) 4. Live.com returns the user a page with more hidden forms to post. The client then posts the values from the form "ANON", the value from the form "ANONExp" and the values from the form "t" to the URL: http ://www.bung ie.net/Default.aspx?wa=wsignin1.0 5. After posting that data, the user is returned a variety of cookies the most important of which is "BNGAuth" which is the log in cookie for the site. Where I am having trouble is on fifth step, but that doesn't neccesarily mean I've done all the other steps correctly. I post the data from "ANON", "ANONExp" and "t" but instead of being returned a BNGAuth cookie, I'm returned a cookie named "RSPMaybe" and redirected to the home page. When I review the Wireshark log, I noticed something that instantly stood out to me as different between the log when I logged in with Firefox and when my program ran. It could be nothing but I'll include the picture here for you to review. I'm being returned an HTTP packet from the site before I post the data in the fourth step. I'm not sure how this is happening, but it must be a side effect from something I'm doing wrong in the HTTPS steps. using System; using System.Collections.Generic; using System.Collections.Specialized; using System.Text; using System.Net; using System.IO; using System.IO.Compression; using System.Security.Cryptography; using System.Security.Cryptography.X509Certificates; using System.Web; namespace SpiderFromScratch { class Program { static void Main(string[] args) { CookieContainer cookies = new CookieContainer(); Uri url = new Uri("https://login.live.com/login.srf?wa=wsignin1.0&rpsnv=11&ct=1268167141&rver=5.5.4177.0&wp=LBI&wreply=http:%2F%2Fwww.bungie.net%2FDefault.aspx&id=42917"); HttpWebRequest http = (HttpWebRequest)HttpWebRequest.Create(url); http.Timeout = 30000; http.UserAgent = "Mozilla/5.0 (Windows; U; Windows NT 5.1; en-US; rv:1.9.1.8) Gecko/20100202 Firefox/3.5.8 (.NET CLR 3.5.30729)"; http.Accept = "text/html,application/xhtml+xml,application/xml;q=0.9,*/*;q=0.8"; http.Headers.Add("Accept-Language", "en-us,en;q=0.5"); http.Headers.Add("Accept-Charset", "ISO-8859-1,utf-8;q=0.7,*;q=0.7"); http.Headers.Add("Keep-Alive", "300"); http.Referer = "http://www.bungie.net/"; http.ContentType = "application/x-www-form-urlencoded"; http.CookieContainer = new CookieContainer(); http.Method = WebRequestMethods.Http.Get; HttpWebResponse response = (HttpWebResponse)http.GetResponse(); StreamReader readStream = new StreamReader(response.GetResponseStream()); string HTML = readStream.ReadToEnd(); readStream.Close(); //gets the cookies (they are set in the eighth header) string[] strCookies = response.Headers.GetValues(8); response.Close(); string name, value; Cookie manualCookie; for (int i = 0; i < strCookies.Length; i++) { name = strCookies[i].Substring(0, strCookies[i].IndexOf("=")); value = strCookies[i].Substring(strCookies[i].IndexOf("=") + 1, strCookies[i].IndexOf(";") - strCookies[i].IndexOf("=") - 1); manualCookie = new Cookie(name, "\"" + value + "\""); Uri manualURL = new Uri("http://login.live.com"); http.CookieContainer.Add(manualURL, manualCookie); } //stores the cookies to be used later cookies = http.CookieContainer; //Get the PPSX value string PPSX = HTML.Remove(0, HTML.IndexOf("PPSX")); PPSX = PPSX.Remove(0, PPSX.IndexOf("value") + 7); PPSX = PPSX.Substring(0, PPSX.IndexOf("\"")); //Get this random PPFT value string PPFT = HTML.Remove(0, HTML.IndexOf("PPFT")); PPFT = PPFT.Remove(0, PPFT.IndexOf("value") + 7); PPFT = PPFT.Substring(0, PPFT.IndexOf("\"")); //Get the random URL you POST to string POSTURL = HTML.Remove(0, HTML.IndexOf("https://login.live.com/ppsecure/post.srf?wa=wsignin1.0&rpsnv=11&ct=")); POSTURL = POSTURL.Substring(0, POSTURL.IndexOf("\"")); //POST with cookies http = (HttpWebRequest)HttpWebRequest.Create(POSTURL); http.UserAgent = "Mozilla/5.0 (Windows; U; Windows NT 5.1; en-US; rv:1.9.1.8) Gecko/20100202 Firefox/3.5.8 (.NET CLR 3.5.30729)"; http.Accept = "text/html,application/xhtml+xml,application/xml;q=0.9,*/*;q=0.8"; http.Headers.Add("Accept-Language", "en-us,en;q=0.5"); http.Headers.Add("Accept-Charset", "ISO-8859-1,utf-8;q=0.7,*;q=0.7"); http.Headers.Add("Keep-Alive", "300"); http.CookieContainer = cookies; http.Referer = "https://login.live.com/login.srf?wa=wsignin1.0&rpsnv=11&ct=1268158321&rver=5.5.4177.0&wp=LBI&wreply=http:%2F%2Fwww.bungie.net%2FDefault.aspx&id=42917"; http.ContentType = "application/x-www-form-urlencoded"; http.Method = WebRequestMethods.Http.Post; Stream ostream = http.GetRequestStream(); //used to convert strings into bytes System.Text.ASCIIEncoding encoding = new System.Text.ASCIIEncoding(); //Post information byte[] buffer = encoding.GetBytes("PPSX=" + PPSX +"&PwdPad=IfYouAreReadingThisYouHaveTooMuc&login=YOUREMAILGOESHERE&passwd=YOURWORDGOESHERE" + "&LoginOptions=2&PPFT=" + PPFT); ostream.Write(buffer, 0, buffer.Length); ostream.Close(); HttpWebResponse response2 = (HttpWebResponse)http.GetResponse(); readStream = new StreamReader(response2.GetResponseStream()); HTML = readStream.ReadToEnd(); response2.Close(); ostream.Dispose(); foreach (Cookie cookie in response2.Cookies) { Console.WriteLine(cookie.Name + ": "); Console.WriteLine(cookie.Value); Console.WriteLine(cookie.Expires); Console.WriteLine(); } //SET POSTURL value string POSTANON = "http://www.bungie.net/Default.aspx?wa=wsignin1.0"; //Get the ANON value string ANON = HTML.Remove(0, HTML.IndexOf("ANON")); ANON = ANON.Remove(0, ANON.IndexOf("value") + 7); ANON = ANON.Substring(0, ANON.IndexOf("\"")); ANON = HttpUtility.UrlEncode(ANON); //Get the ANONExp value string ANONExp = HTML.Remove(0, HTML.IndexOf("ANONExp")); ANONExp = ANONExp.Remove(0, ANONExp.IndexOf("value") + 7); ANONExp = ANONExp.Substring(0, ANONExp.IndexOf("\"")); ANONExp = HttpUtility.UrlEncode(ANONExp); //Get the t value string t = HTML.Remove(0, HTML.IndexOf("id=\"t\"")); t = t.Remove(0, t.IndexOf("value") + 7); t = t.Substring(0, t.IndexOf("\"")); t = HttpUtility.UrlEncode(t); //POST the Info and Accept the Bungie Cookies http = (HttpWebRequest)HttpWebRequest.Create(POSTANON); http.UserAgent = "Mozilla/5.0 (Windows; U; Windows NT 5.1; en-US; rv:1.9.1.8) Gecko/20100202 Firefox/3.5.8 (.NET CLR 3.5.30729)"; http.Accept = "text/html,application/xhtml+xml,application/xml;q=0.9,*/*;q=0.8"; http.Headers.Add("Accept-Language", "en-us,en;q=0.5"); http.Headers.Add("Accept-Encoding", "gzip,deflate"); http.Headers.Add("Accept-Charset", "ISO-8859-1,utf-8;q=0.7,*;q=0.7"); http.Headers.Add("Keep-Alive", "115"); http.CookieContainer = new CookieContainer(); http.ContentType = "application/x-www-form-urlencoded"; http.Method = WebRequestMethods.Http.Post; http.Expect = null; ostream = http.GetRequestStream(); int test = ANON.Length; int test1 = ANONExp.Length; int test2 = t.Length; buffer = encoding.GetBytes("ANON=" + ANON +"&ANONExp=" + ANONExp + "&t=" + t); ostream.Write(buffer, 0, buffer.Length); ostream.Close(); //Here lies the problem, I am not returned the correct cookies. HttpWebResponse response3 = (HttpWebResponse)http.GetResponse(); GZipStream gzip = new GZipStream(response3.GetResponseStream(), CompressionMode.Decompress); readStream = new StreamReader(gzip); HTML = readStream.ReadToEnd(); //gets both cookies string[] strCookies2 = response3.Headers.GetValues(11); response3.Close(); } } } This has given me problems and I've put many hours into learning about HTTP protocols so any help would be appreciated. If there is an article detailing a similar log in to live.com feel free to point the way. I've been looking far and wide for any articles with working solutions. If I could be clearer, feel free to ask as this is my first time using Stack Overflow.

    Read the article

  • Rspec2, Rails3, Authlogic: Can't run specs

    - by Sam
    When I do rspec spec in my rails project, I get No examples were matched. Perhaps {:if=>#<Proc:0x0000010126e998@/Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/rspec-core-2.3.1/lib/rspec/core/configuration.rb:50 (lambda)>, :unless=>#<Proc:0x0000010126e970@/Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/rspec-core-2.3.1/lib/rspec/core/configuration.rb:51 (lambda)>} is excluding everything? Finished in 0.00004 seconds 0 examples, 0 failures Now, this seems like maybe if I wrote a spec it would work, but as soon as I write a spec (and I do include spec_helper) /Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/rspec-core-2.3.1/lib/rspec/core/backward_compatibility.rb:20:in `const_missing': uninitialized constant Authlogic (NameError) from /{myapp}/app/models/user_session.rb:1:in `<top (required)>' from /Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/railties-3.0.3/lib/rails/engine.rb:138:in `block (2 levels) in eager_load!' from /Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/railties-3.0.3/lib/rails/engine.rb:137:in `each' from /Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/railties-3.0.3/lib/rails/engine.rb:137:in `block in eager_load!' from /Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/railties-3.0.3/lib/rails/engine.rb:135:in `each' from /Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/railties-3.0.3/lib/rails/engine.rb:135:in `eager_load!' from /Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/railties-3.0.3/lib/rails/application.rb:108:in `eager_load!' from /Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/railties-3.0.3/lib/rails/application/finisher.rb:41:in `block in <module:Finisher>' from /Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/railties-3.0.3/lib/rails/initializable.rb:25:in `instance_exec' from /Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/railties-3.0.3/lib/rails/initializable.rb:25:in `run' from /Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/railties-3.0.3/lib/rails/initializable.rb:50:in `block in run_initializers' from /Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/railties-3.0.3/lib/rails/initializable.rb:49:in `each' from /Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/railties-3.0.3/lib/rails/initializable.rb:49:in `run_initializers' from /Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/railties-3.0.3/lib/rails/application.rb:134:in `initialize!' from /Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/railties-3.0.3/lib/rails/application.rb:77:in `method_missing' from /{myapp}/config/environment.rb:5:in `<top (required)>' from <internal:lib/rubygems/custom_require>:29:in `require' from <internal:lib/rubygems/custom_require>:29:in `require' from /{myapp}/spec/spec_helper.rb:3:in `<top (required)>' from <internal:lib/rubygems/custom_require>:29:in `require' from <internal:lib/rubygems/custom_require>:29:in `require' from /{myapp}/spec/controllers/pages_controller_spec.rb:1:in `<top (required)>' from /Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/rspec-core-2.3.1/lib/rspec/core/configuration.rb:388:in `load' from /Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/rspec-core-2.3.1/lib/rspec/core/configuration.rb:388:in `block in load_spec_files' from /Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/rspec-core-2.3.1/lib/rspec/core/configuration.rb:388:in `map' from /Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/rspec-core-2.3.1/lib/rspec/core/configuration.rb:388:in `load_spec_files' from /Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/rspec-core-2.3.1/lib/rspec/core/command_line.rb:18:in `run' from /Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/rspec-core-2.3.1/lib/rspec/core/runner.rb:55:in `run_in_process' from /Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/rspec-core-2.3.1/lib/rspec/core/runner.rb:46:in `run' from /Users/samliu/.rvm/gems/ruby-1.9.2-p0@rails3/gems/rspec-core-2.3.1/lib/rspec/core/runner.rb:10:in `block in autorun' The important line here seems to be /core/backward_compatibility.rb:20:in `const_missing': uninitialized constant Authlogic (NameError) Now if this were rails 2.3.8, I'd simply put config.gem "authlogic" into the environment.rb, in the initialization code block. However, the rails 3 environment.rb looks way different (there is no config code block, so putting it in arbitrarily causes an error where config is not defined). So my questions are 1) Do I actually have to put the gem config anywhere? I looked at https://github.com/trevmex/authlogic_rails3_example/ and it seems he didn't put it anywhere. 2) Does anyone know what I'm doing wrong in terms of rspec? My gem list is *** LOCAL GEMS *** abstract (1.0.0) actionmailer (3.0.3, 3.0.1, 3.0.0, 3.0.0.rc2, 2.3.4) actionpack (3.0.3, 3.0.1, 3.0.0, 3.0.0.rc2, 2.3.4) activemodel (3.0.3, 3.0.1, 3.0.0, 3.0.0.rc2) activerecord (3.0.3, 3.0.1, 3.0.0, 3.0.0.rc2, 2.3.4) activeresource (3.0.3, 3.0.1, 3.0.0, 3.0.0.rc2, 2.3.4) activesupport (3.0.3, 3.0.1, 3.0.0, 3.0.0.rc2, 2.3.4) arel (2.0.6, 1.0.1) asdf (0.5.0) authlogic (2.1.6, 2.1.3) autotest (4.4.6, 4.4.1) autotest-fsevent (0.2.4) autotest-growl (0.2.9) autotest-rails (4.1.0) autotest-rails-pure (4.1.2) bluecloth (2.0.9) builder (2.1.2) bundler (1.0.7, 1.0.2) cgi_multipart_eof_fix (2.5.0) commonwatir (1.6.2) couchrest (0.33) cri (1.0.1) cucumber (0.4.4, 0.4.3, 0.3.11) daemons (1.1.0, 1.0.10) dependencies (0.0.7) diff-lcs (1.1.2) erubis (2.6.6) fastercsv (1.5.0) fastthread (1.0.7) firewatir (1.6.2) flay (1.4.0) flog (2.2.0) funfx (0.2.2) gem_plugin (0.2.3) gemsonrails (0.7.2) giraffesoft-resource_controller (0.6.5) haml (2.2.14) hoe (2.3.3) i18n (0.4.1) jscruggs-metric_fu (1.1.5) json_pure (1.1.9) kramdown (0.12.0) mail (2.2.13, 2.2.6.1) memcache-client (1.8.5) mime-types (1.16) mojombo-chronic (0.3.0) mongrel (1.1.5) monk (0.0.7) nanoc (3.1.5) nanoc3 (3.1.5) nokogiri (1.4.3.1, 1.4.0) open4 (0.9.6) polyglot (0.3.1, 0.2.9) rack (1.2.1, 1.0.1) rack-mount (0.6.13) rack-test (0.5.6) rails (3.0.0, 2.3.4) rails3-generators (0.17.0, 0.14.0) railties (3.0.3, 3.0.1, 3.0.0, 3.0.0.rc2) rake (0.8.7) relevance-rcov (0.9.2.1) rest-client (1.0.3) rspec (2.3.0, 2.0.0.rc, 1.2.9) rspec-core (2.3.1, 2.0.0.rc) rspec-expectations (2.3.0, 2.0.0.rc) rspec-mocks (2.3.0, 2.0.0.rc) rspec-rails (2.3.1, 2.0.0.rc, 1.2.9) ruby_parser (2.0.4) rubyforge (2.0.3) rubygems-update (1.3.6, 1.3.5) rvm (1.0.13) s4t-utils (1.0.4) safariwatir (0.3.7) sexp_processor (3.0.3) spork (0.7.3) sqlite3-ruby (1.3.1, 1.2.5) sys-uname (0.8.5) term-ansicolor (1.0.4) text-format (1.0.0) text-hyphen (1.0.0) thor (0.14.6, 0.14.3, 0.12.0) treetop (1.4.8, 1.4.2) tzinfo (0.3.23) user-choices (1.1.6) vlad (2.0.0) vlad-git (2.1.0) webrat (0.7.1, 0.6.0, 0.5.3) xml-simple (1.0.12) ZenTest (4.4.2) I am using ruby 1.9.2 and rails 3.0.3 installed using RVM on OSX 10.6 Snow Leopard. I just want to be able to run my specs like I used to. As a separate issue, autotest yields an error about an include for autotest/growl but I installed autotest-growl. Maybe this is a gem issue? I tried doing the same things and get the same error when it comes to using my ubuntu 10.04 server machine though. Gemfile source 'http://rubygems.org' gem 'rails', '3.0.3' # Bundle edge Rails instead: # gem 'rails', :git => 'git://github.com/rails/rails.git' gem 'sqlite3-ruby', :require => 'sqlite3' group :couch do gem 'couchrest' end group :user_auth do gem 'authlogic' gem "rails3-generators" gem 'facebooker' end group :markup do gem 'haml' gem 'sass' end group :testing do gem 'rspec-rails' gem 'rspec' gem 'webrat' gem 'cucumber' gem 'capybara' gem 'factory_girl' gem 'shoulda' gem 'autotest' end group :server do gem 'unicorn' end # Use unicorn as the web server # gem 'unicorn' # Deploy with Capistrano # gem 'capistrano' # To use debugger # gem 'ruby-debug' # Bundle the extra gems: # gem 'bj' # gem 'nokogiri' # gem 'sqlite3-ruby', :require => 'sqlite3' # gem 'aws-s3', :require => 'aws/s3' # Bundle gems for the local environment. Make sure to # put test-only gems in this group so their generators # and rake tasks are available in development mode: # group :development, :test do # gem 'webrat' # end Gemfile.lock GEM remote: http://rubygems.org/ specs: ZenTest (4.4.2) abstract (1.0.0) actionmailer (3.0.3) actionpack (= 3.0.3) mail (~> 2.2.9) actionpack (3.0.3) activemodel (= 3.0.3) activesupport (= 3.0.3) builder (~> 2.1.2) erubis (~> 2.6.6) i18n (~> 0.4) rack (~> 1.2.1) rack-mount (~> 0.6.13) rack-test (~> 0.5.6) tzinfo (~> 0.3.23) activemodel (3.0.3) activesupport (= 3.0.3) builder (~> 2.1.2) i18n (~> 0.4) activerecord (3.0.3) activemodel (= 3.0.3) activesupport (= 3.0.3) arel (~> 2.0.2) tzinfo (~> 0.3.23) activeresource (3.0.3) activemodel (= 3.0.3) activesupport (= 3.0.3) activesupport (3.0.3) arel (2.0.6) authlogic (2.1.6) activesupport autotest (4.4.6) ZenTest (>= 4.4.1) builder (2.1.2) capybara (0.4.0) celerity (>= 0.7.9) culerity (>= 0.2.4) mime-types (>= 1.16) nokogiri (>= 1.3.3) rack (>= 1.0.0) rack-test (>= 0.5.4) selenium-webdriver (>= 0.0.27) xpath (~> 0.1.2) celerity (0.8.6) childprocess (0.1.6) ffi (~> 0.6.3) couchrest (1.0.1) json (>= 1.4.6) mime-types (>= 1.15) rest-client (>= 1.5.1) cucumber (0.10.0) builder (>= 2.1.2) diff-lcs (~> 1.1.2) gherkin (~> 2.3.2) json (~> 1.4.6) term-ansicolor (~> 1.0.5) culerity (0.2.13) diff-lcs (1.1.2) erubis (2.6.6) abstract (>= 1.0.0) facebooker (1.0.75) json_pure (>= 1.0.0) factory_girl (1.3.2) ffi (0.6.3) rake (>= 0.8.7) gherkin (2.3.2) json (~> 1.4.6) term-ansicolor (~> 1.0.5) haml (3.0.25) i18n (0.5.0) json (1.4.6) json_pure (1.4.6) kgio (2.0.0) mail (2.2.13) activesupport (>= 2.3.6) i18n (>= 0.4.0) mime-types (~> 1.16) treetop (~> 1.4.8) mime-types (1.16) nokogiri (1.4.4) polyglot (0.3.1) rack (1.2.1) rack-mount (0.6.13) rack (>= 1.0.0) rack-test (0.5.6) rack (>= 1.0) rails (3.0.3) actionmailer (= 3.0.3) actionpack (= 3.0.3) activerecord (= 3.0.3) activeresource (= 3.0.3) activesupport (= 3.0.3) bundler (~> 1.0) railties (= 3.0.3) rails3-generators (0.17.0) railties (>= 3.0.0) railties (3.0.3) actionpack (= 3.0.3) activesupport (= 3.0.3) rake (>= 0.8.7) thor (~> 0.14.4) rake (0.8.7) rest-client (1.6.1) mime-types (>= 1.16) rspec (2.3.0) rspec-core (~> 2.3.0) rspec-expectations (~> 2.3.0) rspec-mocks (~> 2.3.0) rspec-core (2.3.1) rspec-expectations (2.3.0) diff-lcs (~> 1.1.2) rspec-mocks (2.3.0) rspec-rails (2.3.1) actionpack (~> 3.0) activesupport (~> 3.0) railties (~> 3.0) rspec (~> 2.3.0) rubyzip (0.9.4) sass (3.1.0.alpha.206) selenium-webdriver (0.1.2) childprocess (~> 0.1.5) ffi (~> 0.6.3) json_pure rubyzip shoulda (2.11.3) sqlite3-ruby (1.3.2) term-ansicolor (1.0.5) thor (0.14.6) treetop (1.4.9) polyglot (>= 0.3.1) tzinfo (0.3.23) unicorn (3.1.0) kgio (~> 2.0.0) rack webrat (0.7.2) nokogiri (>= 1.2.0) rack (>= 1.0) rack-test (>= 0.5.3) xpath (0.1.2) nokogiri (~> 1.3) PLATFORMS ruby DEPENDENCIES authlogic autotest capybara couchrest cucumber facebooker factory_girl haml rails (= 3.0.3) rails3-generators rspec rspec-rails sass shoulda sqlite3-ruby unicorn webrat

    Read the article

  • How do I send automated e-mails from Drupal using Messaging and Notifications?

    - by Adrian
    I am working on a Notifications plugin, and after starting to write my notes down about how to do this, decided to just post them here. Please feel free to come make modifications and changes. Eventually I hope to post this on the Drupal handbook as well. Thanks. --Adrian Sending automated e-mails from Drupal using Messaging and Notifications To implement a notifications plugin, you must implement the following functions: Use hook_messaging, hook_token_list and hook_token_values to create the messages that will be sent. Use hook_notifications to create the subscription types Add code to fire events (eg in hook_nodeapi) Add all UI elements to allow users to subscribe/unsubscribe Understanding Messaging The Messaging module is used to compose messages that can be delivered using various formats, such as simple mail, HTML mail, Twitter updates, etc. These formats are called "send methods." The backend details do not concern us here; what is important are the following concepts: TOKENS: tokens are provided by the "tokens" module. They allow you to write keywords in square brackets, [like-this], that can be replaced by any arbitrary value. Note: the token groups you create must match the keys you add to the $events-objects[$key] array. MESSAGE KEYS: A key is a part of a message, such as the greetings line. Keys can be different for each send method. For example, a plaintext mail's greeting might be "Hi, [user]," while an HTML greeing might be "Hi, [user]," and Twitter's might just be "[user-firstname]: ". Keys can have any arbitrary name. Keys are very simple and only have a machine-readable name and a user-readable description, the latter of which is only seen by admins. MESSAGE GROUPS: A group is a bunch of keys that often, but not always, might be used together to make up a complete message. For example, a generic group might include keys for a greeting, body, closing and footer. Groups can also be "subclassed" by selecting a "fallback" group that will supply any keys that are missing. Groups are also associated with modules; I'm not sure what these are used for. Understanding Notifications The Notifications module revolves around the following concepts: SUBSCRIPTIONS: Notifications plugins may define one or more types of subscriptions. For example, notifications_content defines subscriptions for: Threads (users are notified whenever a node or its comments change) Content types (users are notified whenever a node of a certain type is created or is changed) Users (users are notified whenever another user is changed) Subscriptions refer to both the user who's subscribed, how often they wish to be notified, the send method (for Messaging) and what's being subscribed to. This last part is defined in two steps. Firstly, a plugin defines several "subscription fields" (through a hook_notifications op of the same name), and secondly, "subscription types" (also an op) defines which fields apply to each type of subscription. For example, notifications_content defines the fields "nid," "author" and "type," and the subscriptions "thread" (nid), "nodetype" (type), "author" (author) and "typeauthor" (type and author), the latter referring to something like "any STORY by JOE." Fields are used to link events to subscriptions; an event must match all fields of a subscription (for all normal subscriptions) to be delivered to the recipient. The $subscriptions object is defined in subsequent sections. Notifications prefers that you don't create these objects yourself, preferring you to call the notifications_get_link() function to create a link that users may click on, but you can also use notifications_save_subscription and notifications_delete_subscription to do it yourself. EVENTS: An event is something that users may be notified about. Plugins create the $event object then call notifications_event($event). This either sends out notifications immediately, queues them to send out later, or both. Events include the type of thing that's changed (eg 'node', 'user'), the ID of the thing that's changed (eg $node-nid, $user-uid) and what's happened to it (eg 'create'). These are, respectively, $event-type, $event-oid (object ID) and $event-action. Warning: notifications_content_nodeapi also adds a $event-node field, referring to the node itself and not just $event-oid = $node-nid. This is not used anywhere in the core notifications module; however, when the $event is passed back to the 'query' op (see below), we assume the node is still present. Events do not refer to the user they will be referred to; instead, Notifications makes the connection between subscriptions and events, using the subscriptions' fields. MATCHING EVENTS TO SUBSCRIPTIONS: An event matches a subscription if it has the same type as the event (eg "node") and if the event matches all the correct fields. This second step is determined by the "query" hook op, which is called with the $event object as a parameter. The query op is responsible for giving Notifications a value for all the fields defined by the plugin. For example, notifications_content defines the 'nid', 'type' and 'author' fields, so its query op looks like this (ignore the case where $event_or_user = 'user' for now): $event_or_user = $arg0; $event_type = $arg1; $event_or_object = $arg2; if ($event_or_user == 'event' && $event_type == 'node' && ($node = $event_or_object->node) || $event_or_user == 'user' && $event_type == 'node' && ($node = $event_or_object)) { $query[]['fields'] = array( 'nid' => $node->nid, 'type' => $node->type, 'author' => $node->uid, ); return $query; After extracting the $node from the $event, we set $query[]['fields'] to a dictionary defining, for this event, all the fields defined by the module. As you can tell from the presence of the $query object, there's way more you can do with this op, but they are not covered here. DIGESTING AND DEDUPING: Understanding the relationship between Messaging and Notifications Usually, the name of a message group doesn't matter, but when being used with Notifications, the names must follow very strict patterns. Firstly, they must start with the name "notifications," and then are followed by either "event" or "digest," depending on whether the message group is being used to represent either a single event or a group of events. For 'events,' the third part of the name is the "type," which we get from Notification's $event-type (eg: notifications_content uses 'node'). The last part of the name is the operation being performed, which comes from Notification's $event-action. For example: notifications-event-node-comment might refer to the message group used when someone comments on a node notifications-event-user-update to a user who's updated their profile Hyphens cannot appear anywhere other than to separate the parts of these words. For 'digest' messages, the third and fourth part of the name come from hook_notification's "event types" callback, specifically this line: $types[] = array( 'type' => 'node', 'action' => 'insert', ... 'digest' => array('node', 'type'), ); $types[] = array( 'type' => 'node', 'action' => 'update', ... 'digest' => array('node', 'nid'), ); In this case, the first event type (node insertion) will be digested with the notifications-digest-node-type message template providing the header and footer, likely saying something like "the following [type] was created." The second event type (node update) will be digested with the notifications-digest-node-nid message template. Data Structure and Callback Reference $event The $event object has the following members: $event-type: The type of event. Must match the type in hook_notification::"event types". {notifications_event} $event-action: The action the event describes. Most events are sorted by [$event-type][$event-action]. {notifications_event}. $event-object[$object_type]: All objects relevant to the event. For example, $event-object['node'] might be the node that the event describes. $object_type can come from the 'event types' hook (see below). The main purpose appears to be to be passed to token_replace_multiple as the second parameter. $event-object[$event-type] is assumed to exist in the short digest processing functions, but this doesn't appear to be used anywhere. Not saved in the database; loaded by hook_notifications::"event load" $event-oid: apparently unused. The id of the primary object relevant to this event (eg the node's nid). $event-module: apparently unused $event-params[$key]: Mainly a place for plugins to save random data. The main module will serialize the contents of this array but does not use it in any way. However, notifications_ui appears to do something weird with it, possibly by using subscriptions' fields as keys into this array. I'm not sure why though. hook_notifications op 'subscription types': returns an array of subscription types provided by the plugin, in the form $key = array(...) with the following members: event_type: this subscription can only match events whose $event-type has this value. Stored in the database as notifications.event_type for every individual subscription. Apparently, this can be overiden in code but I wouldn't try it (see notifications_save_subscription). fields: an unkeyed array of fields that must be matched by an event (in addition to the event_type) for it to match this subscription. Each element of this array must be a key of the array returned by op 'subscription fields' which in turn must be used by op 'query' to actually perform the matching. title: user-readable title for their subscriptions page (eg the 'type' column in user/%uid/notifications/subscriptions) description: a user-readable description. page callback: used to add a supplementary page at user/%uid/notifications/blah. This and the following are used by notifications_ui as a part of hook_menu_alter. Appears to be partially deprecated. user page: user/%uid/notifications/blah. op 'event types': returns an array of event types, with each event type being an array with the following members: type: this will match $event-type action: this will match $event-action digest: an array with two ordered (non-keyed) elements, "type" and "field." 'type' is used as an index into $event-objects. 'field' is also used to group events like so: $event-objects[$type]-$field. For example, 'field' might be 'nid' - if the object is a node, the digest lines will be grouped by node ID. Finally, both are used to find the correct Messaging template; see discussion above. description: used on the admin "Notifications-Events" page name: unused, use Messaging instead line: deprecated, use Messaging instead Other Stuff This is an example of the main query that inserts an event into the queue: INSERT INTO {notifications_queue} (uid, destination, sid, module, eid, send_interval, send_method, cron, created, conditions) SELECT DISTINCT s.uid, s.destination, s.sid, s.module, %d, // event ID s.send_interval, s.send_method, s.cron, %d, // time of the event s.conditions FROM {notifications} s INNER JOIN {notifications_fields} f ON s.sid = f.sid WHERE (s.status = 1) AND (s.event_type = '%s') // subscription type AND (s.send_interval >= 0) AND (s.uid <> %d) AND ( (f.field = '%s' AND f.intval IN (%d)) // everything from 'query' op OR (f.field = '%s' AND f.intval = %d) OR (f.field = '%s' AND f.value = '%s') OR (f.field = '%s' AND f.intval = %d)) GROUP BY s.uid, s.destination, s.sid, s.module, s.send_interval, s.send_method, s.cron, s.conditions HAVING s.conditions = count(f.sid)

    Read the article

  • How to fix a Sticky Footer that works, but after a browser window is resized, the footer overlaps.

    - by UXdesigner
    Good day, I've been trying to build a perfect footer who sticks at the bottom of the browser window after it's content. And I got help here @ Stack Overflow previously. But after a while, and doing a few tests, found out that after the browser window is resized, and then I scroll down , the footer overlaps...it is causing me a big headache right now and I'd like to fix this so I can move on. I'm going to post the display.css right here: @charset "utf-8"; body, html { margin: 0; padding: 0; text-align: center; position: relative; min-height:100%; /* needed for footer positioning*/ height:100%; /* needed for footer positioning*/ } .spacer { clear: both; height: 0; margin: 0; padding: 0; font-size: 0.1em; } .spacer_left { clear: left; margin: 0 0 10px 0; padding: 0; font-size: 0.1em; } hr { height: 1px; margin: 20px 0 20px 0; border: 0; color: #ccc; background: #ccc; } #container { position:relative; /* needed for footer positioning*/ min-height: 100%;/* needed for footer positioning*/ height: auto !important;/* needed for footer positioning*/ height: 100%;/* needed for footer positioning*/ margin: 0 auto -30px;/* needed for footer positioning*/ width: 1160px; padding: 0; border: 1px solid #333; text-align: left; } #header { margin: 0; padding: 5px; height:70px; } #login { font-family: Arial; font-size: 15px; color:#FFF; text-align: right; width: 440px; margin: 2px; } #login .theInput { font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; width: 110px; margin-right: 5px; } #login .theSubmit { font-family: Arial; font-size: 10px; background-color: #333333; color: #FFFFFF; margin-right: 5px; } h1#lineainvisible { width:1160px; height:4px; position:relative; margin-top:4px; visibility: inherit; font-family:Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size:12px; } ul#nav { width:100%; height:36px; display:block; background-color:#000; background-repeat:repeat-x; } #wrapthatbanner { display:block; float:left; width:100%; height:524px; margin-bottom:20px; } #content { margin: 0px 20px 30px 20px; /* needed for footer positioning*/ } .panelsreadmore { margin-right: 10px; text-align:right; } div#content.columns { margin-left: 100px; } #content abbr, #content acronym { cursor: help; border-bottom: 1px dotted; } #content ul { list-style-type: square; margin-left: 75px; } #content ul li, #content ol li { margin: 0 0 0.4em 0; padding: 0; } #content blockquote { width: 75%; margin: 0 auto; padding: 20px; } #contentLeft { float: left; width:580px; } #contentRight { float: right; width:580px; } .sitenote { display:block; padding:6px; border:1px solid #bae2f0; background:#e3f4f9; line-height:130%; font-size:13px; margin-top: 0; margin-right: 0; margin-bottom: 0.5em; margin-left: 0; } #footer, .push /* needed for footer positioning*/ { padding: 5px; clear: both; position:absolute;/* needed for footer positioning*/ bottom:0;/* needed for footer positioning*/ height: -30px;/* needed for footer positioning*/ width:1150px; } And this is the HTML Template File. <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> <head> <!-- TemplateBeginEditable name="doctitle" --> <title>Title of Page</title> <!-- TemplateEndEditable --> <!-- TemplateParam name="categoria" type="text" value="home" --> <!-- Meta Tags --> <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" /> <!-- Meta Tags - Close --> <!-- CSS Loader - StartsS --> <link href="../css/main-client.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" media="all" /> <!-- CSS Loader - Ends --> <!-- Drop Down Menu --> <link href="../css/dropdown.css" media="screen" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" /> <link href="../css/default.advanced.css" media="screen" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" /> <!-- Drop Down Menu - Ends --> <!-- Font Replacement Starts --> <script src="../cufon-yui.js" type="text/javascript"></script> <script src="../AFB_400.font.js" type="text/javascript"></script> <script type="text/javascript"> Cufon.replace('h2'); </script> <script type="text/javascript"> Cufon.replace('h3'); </script> <script type="text/javascript"> Cufon.replace('h4'); </script> <!-- Font Replacement = END --> <!-- Start VisualLightBox.com HEAD section --> <link rel="stylesheet" href="engine/css/vlightbox.css" type="text/css" /> <style type="text/css">#vlightbox a#vlb{display:none}</style> <link rel="stylesheet" href="engine/css/visuallightbox.css" type="text/css" media="screen" /> <script src="engine/js/jquery.min.js" type="text/javascript"></script> <!-- End VisualLightBox.com HEAD section --> <!-- TemplateBeginEditable name="head" --> <!-- TemplateEndEditable --> </head> <body id="@@(categoria)@@"> <div id="container"> <div id="header"> <table width="100%" border="0"> <tr> <td width="67%" height="77px;"><a href="index.html"><img src="../images/Titulos/5.png" alt="" width="257" hspace="10" vspace="10" border="0" id="screen_logo" title=""/></a></td> <td width="33%" valign="top"><form id="login">Log in: <input type="text" class="theInput" name="user" /> <input type="submit" name="Submit" value="Submit" /> </form> </td> </tr> </table> </div> <!-- Aqui es donde empieza fisicamente el menu drop down --> <ul id="nav" class="dropdown dropdown-horizontal"> <li><a href="../index.html">Home</a></li> <li><a href="#" class="dir">Service 1</a></li> <li><a href="#" class="dir">Service 2</a></li> <li><a href="#" class="dir">Service 3</a></li> <li><a href="#" class="dir">Service 4</a></li> <li><a href="#" class="dir">Service 5</a></li> <li><a href="#" class="dir">Service 6</a></li> </ul> <!-- Aqui termina el menu CSS--> <!-- Reset --> <div id="wmfg"> </div> <!-- Reset --> <!-- TemplateBeginEditable name="banner-grande" --> <!-- TemplateEndEditable --> <div id="content"><!-- TemplateBeginEditable name="content" --> <p>&nbsp;</p> <!-- TemplateEndEditable --></div> <div id="footer"><a href="../terms.html">Terms and Conditions</a> |<a href="privacy.html"> Privacy Policy</a><br/> Copyright 2010. .</div> </div> </div> </body> </html> Can somebody take a look at this, and tell me what am I doing wrong ? Thanks in advance.

    Read the article

  • Error "Input length must be multiple of 8 when decrypting with padded cipher"

    - by Ross Peoples
    I am trying to move a project from C# to Java for a learning exercise. I am still very new to Java, but I have a TripleDES class in C# that encrypts strings and returns a string value of the encrypted byte array. Here is my C# code: using System; using System.IO; using System.Collections.Generic; using System.Security.Cryptography; using System.Text; namespace tDocc.Classes { /// <summary> /// Triple DES encryption class /// </summary> public static class TripleDES { private static byte[] key = { 110, 32, 73, 24, 125, 66, 75, 18, 79, 150, 211, 122, 213, 14, 156, 136, 171, 218, 119, 240, 81, 142, 23, 4 }; private static byte[] iv = { 25, 117, 68, 23, 99, 78, 231, 219 }; /// <summary> /// Encrypt a string to an encrypted byte array /// </summary> /// <param name="plainText">Text to encrypt</param> /// <returns>Encrypted byte array</returns> public static byte[] Encrypt(string plainText) { UTF8Encoding utf8encoder = new UTF8Encoding(); byte[] inputInBytes = utf8encoder.GetBytes(plainText); TripleDESCryptoServiceProvider tdesProvider = new TripleDESCryptoServiceProvider(); ICryptoTransform cryptoTransform = tdesProvider.CreateEncryptor(key, iv); MemoryStream encryptedStream = new MemoryStream(); CryptoStream cryptStream = new CryptoStream(encryptedStream, cryptoTransform, CryptoStreamMode.Write); cryptStream.Write(inputInBytes, 0, inputInBytes.Length); cryptStream.FlushFinalBlock(); encryptedStream.Position = 0; byte[] result = new byte[encryptedStream.Length]; encryptedStream.Read(result, 0, (int)encryptedStream.Length); cryptStream.Close(); return result; } /// <summary> /// Decrypt a byte array to a string /// </summary> /// <param name="inputInBytes">Encrypted byte array</param> /// <returns>Decrypted string</returns> public static string Decrypt(byte[] inputInBytes) { UTF8Encoding utf8encoder = new UTF8Encoding(); TripleDESCryptoServiceProvider tdesProvider = new TripleDESCryptoServiceProvider(); ICryptoTransform cryptoTransform = tdesProvider.CreateDecryptor(key, iv); MemoryStream decryptedStream = new MemoryStream(); CryptoStream cryptStream = new CryptoStream(decryptedStream, cryptoTransform, CryptoStreamMode.Write); cryptStream.Write(inputInBytes, 0, inputInBytes.Length); cryptStream.FlushFinalBlock(); decryptedStream.Position = 0; byte[] result = new byte[decryptedStream.Length]; decryptedStream.Read(result, 0, (int)decryptedStream.Length); cryptStream.Close(); UTF8Encoding myutf = new UTF8Encoding(); return myutf.GetString(result); } /// <summary> /// Decrypt an encrypted string /// </summary> /// <param name="text">Encrypted text</param> /// <returns>Decrypted string</returns> public static string DecryptText(string text) { if (text == "") { return text; } return Decrypt(Convert.FromBase64String(text)); } /// <summary> /// Encrypt a string /// </summary> /// <param name="text">Unencrypted text</param> /// <returns>Encrypted string</returns> public static string EncryptText(string text) { if (text == "") { return text; } return Convert.ToBase64String(Encrypt(text)); } } /// <summary> /// Random number generator /// </summary> public static class RandomGenerator { /// <summary> /// Generate random number /// </summary> /// <param name="length">Number of randomizations</param> /// <returns>Random number</returns> public static int GenerateNumber(int length) { byte[] randomSeq = new byte[length]; new RNGCryptoServiceProvider().GetBytes(randomSeq); int code = Environment.TickCount; foreach (byte b in randomSeq) { code += (int)b; } return code; } } /// <summary> /// Hash generator class /// </summary> public static class Hasher { /// <summary> /// Hash type /// </summary> public enum eHashType { /// <summary> /// MD5 hash. Quick but collisions are more likely. This should not be used for anything important /// </summary> MD5 = 0, /// <summary> /// SHA1 hash. Quick and secure. This is a popular method for hashing passwords /// </summary> SHA1 = 1, /// <summary> /// SHA256 hash. Slower than SHA1, but more secure. Used for encryption keys /// </summary> SHA256 = 2, /// <summary> /// SHA348 hash. Even slower than SHA256, but offers more security /// </summary> SHA348 = 3, /// <summary> /// SHA512 hash. Slowest but most secure. Probably overkill for most applications /// </summary> SHA512 = 4, /// <summary> /// Derrived from MD5, but only returns 12 digits /// </summary> Digit12 = 5 } /// <summary> /// Hashes text using a specific hashing method /// </summary> /// <param name="text">Input text</param> /// <param name="hash">Hash method</param> /// <returns>Hashed text</returns> public static string GetHash(string text, eHashType hash) { if (text == "") { return text; } if (hash == eHashType.MD5) { MD5CryptoServiceProvider hasher = new MD5CryptoServiceProvider(); return ByteToHex(hasher.ComputeHash(Encoding.ASCII.GetBytes(text))); } else if (hash == eHashType.SHA1) { SHA1Managed hasher = new SHA1Managed(); return ByteToHex(hasher.ComputeHash(Encoding.ASCII.GetBytes(text))); } else if (hash == eHashType.SHA256) { SHA256Managed hasher = new SHA256Managed(); return ByteToHex(hasher.ComputeHash(Encoding.ASCII.GetBytes(text))); } else if (hash == eHashType.SHA348) { SHA384Managed hasher = new SHA384Managed(); return ByteToHex(hasher.ComputeHash(Encoding.ASCII.GetBytes(text))); } else if (hash == eHashType.SHA512) { SHA512Managed hasher = new SHA512Managed(); return ByteToHex(hasher.ComputeHash(Encoding.ASCII.GetBytes(text))); } else if (hash == eHashType.Digit12) { MD5CryptoServiceProvider hasher = new MD5CryptoServiceProvider(); string newHash = ByteToHex(hasher.ComputeHash(Encoding.ASCII.GetBytes(text))); return newHash.Substring(0, 12); } return ""; } /// <summary> /// Generates a hash based on a file's contents. Used for detecting changes to a file and testing for duplicate files /// </summary> /// <param name="info">FileInfo object for the file to be hashed</param> /// <param name="hash">Hash method</param> /// <returns>Hash string representing the contents of the file</returns> public static string GetHash(FileInfo info, eHashType hash) { FileStream hashStream = new FileStream(info.FullName, FileMode.Open, FileAccess.Read); string hashString = ""; if (hash == eHashType.MD5) { MD5CryptoServiceProvider hasher = new MD5CryptoServiceProvider(); hashString = ByteToHex(hasher.ComputeHash(hashStream)); } else if (hash == eHashType.SHA1) { SHA1Managed hasher = new SHA1Managed(); hashString = ByteToHex(hasher.ComputeHash(hashStream)); } else if (hash == eHashType.SHA256) { SHA256Managed hasher = new SHA256Managed(); hashString = ByteToHex(hasher.ComputeHash(hashStream)); } else if (hash == eHashType.SHA348) { SHA384Managed hasher = new SHA384Managed(); hashString = ByteToHex(hasher.ComputeHash(hashStream)); } else if (hash == eHashType.SHA512) { SHA512Managed hasher = new SHA512Managed(); hashString = ByteToHex(hasher.ComputeHash(hashStream)); } hashStream.Close(); hashStream.Dispose(); hashStream = null; return hashString; } /// <summary> /// Converts a byte array to a hex string /// </summary> /// <param name="data">Byte array</param> /// <returns>Hex string</returns> public static string ByteToHex(byte[] data) { StringBuilder builder = new StringBuilder(); foreach (byte hashByte in data) { builder.Append(string.Format("{0:X1}", hashByte)); } return builder.ToString(); } /// <summary> /// Converts a hex string to a byte array /// </summary> /// <param name="hexString">Hex string</param> /// <returns>Byte array</returns> public static byte[] HexToByte(string hexString) { byte[] returnBytes = new byte[hexString.Length / 2]; for (int i = 0; i <= returnBytes.Length - 1; i++) { returnBytes[i] = byte.Parse(hexString.Substring(i * 2, 2), System.Globalization.NumberStyles.HexNumber); } return returnBytes; } } } And her is what I've got for Java code so far, but I'm getting the error "Input length must be multiple of 8 when decrypting with padded cipher" when I run the test on this: import java.security.InvalidAlgorithmParameterException; import java.security.InvalidKeyException; import javax.crypto.Cipher; import javax.crypto.NoSuchPaddingException; import javax.crypto.SecretKey; import javax.crypto.spec.IvParameterSpec; import javax.crypto.spec.SecretKeySpec; import com.tdocc.utils.Base64; public class TripleDES { private static byte[] keyBytes = { 110, 32, 73, 24, 125, 66, 75, 18, 79, (byte)150, (byte)211, 122, (byte)213, 14, (byte)156, (byte)136, (byte)171, (byte)218, 119, (byte)240, 81, (byte)142, 23, 4 }; private static byte[] ivBytes = { 25, 117, 68, 23, 99, 78, (byte)231, (byte)219 }; public static String encryptText(String plainText) { try { if (plainText.isEmpty()) return plainText; return Base64.decode(TripleDES.encrypt(plainText)).toString(); } catch (Exception e) { e.printStackTrace(); } return null; } public static byte[] encrypt(String plainText) throws InvalidKeyException, InvalidAlgorithmParameterException, NoSuchPaddingException { try { final SecretKey key = new SecretKeySpec(keyBytes, "DESede"); final IvParameterSpec iv = new IvParameterSpec(ivBytes); final Cipher cipher = Cipher.getInstance("DESede/CBC/PKCS5Padding"); cipher.init(Cipher.ENCRYPT_MODE, key, iv); final byte[] plainTextBytes = plainText.getBytes("utf-8"); final byte[] cipherText = cipher.doFinal(plainTextBytes); return cipherText; } catch (Exception e) { e.printStackTrace(); } return null; } public static String decryptText(String message) { try { if (message.isEmpty()) return message; else return TripleDES.decrypt(message.getBytes()); } catch (Exception e) { e.printStackTrace(); } return null; } public static String decrypt(byte[] message) { try { final SecretKey key = new SecretKeySpec(keyBytes, "DESede"); final IvParameterSpec iv = new IvParameterSpec(ivBytes); final Cipher cipher = Cipher.getInstance("DESede/CBC/PKCS5Padding"); cipher.init(Cipher.DECRYPT_MODE, key, iv); final byte[] plainText = cipher.doFinal(message); return plainText.toString(); } catch (Exception e) { e.printStackTrace(); } return null; } }

    Read the article

  • PHP Form Sending Information to Limbo!

    - by drew
    I was told my client's quote form has not been generating very many emails. I have learned that although the form brings you to a confirmation page, the information never reaches the recipient. I have altered the code so it goes to my office email for testing purposes. If I post code for the form elements below, would someone be able to spot what the problem might be? Thank you very much! Link to the quote page is http://autoglass-plus.com/quote.php First is the form itself: <form id="quoteForm" name="form" action="form/index.php" method="post"> <fieldset> <p> <strong>Contact Information:</strong><br /> </p> <div> <label for="firstname">First Name:<br /> </label> <input type="text" size="30" name="firstname" class="txt" id="firstname" /> </div> <div> <label for="lastname">Last Name:<br /> </label> <input type="text" size="30" name="lastname" class="txt" id="lastname" /> </div> <div> <label for="address">Address:<br /> </label> <input type="text" size="30" name="address" class="txt" id="address" /> </div> <div> <label for="city">City:<br /> </label> <input type="text" size="30" name="city" class="txt" id="city" /> </div> <div> <label for="state">State:<br /> </label> <input type="text" size="30" name="state" class="txt" id="state" /> </div> <div> <label for="zip">Zip:<br /> </label> <input type="text" size="30" name="zip" class="txt" id="zip" /> </div> <div> <label for="label">Phone:<br /> </label> <input type="text" size="30" name="phone" class="txt" id="label" /> </div> <div> <label for="email">Email:<br /> </label> <input type="text" size="30" name="email" class="txt" id="email" /> </div> <p><br /> <b>Insurace Information</b></p> <p><i>Auto Glass Plus in an Approved Insurance Vendor. Insurance claims require additional information that we will request when we contact you for your quote.</i></p> <br /> <div> <input type="checkbox" name="insurance" value="yes" /> Check here if this is an insurance claim.<br /> <label for="year">Insurance Provider:<br /> </label> <input type="text" size="30" name="provider" class="txt" id="provider" /> </div> <p><br /> <b>Vehicle Information:</b><br /> </p> <div> <label for="year">Vehicle Year :<br /> </label> <input type="text" size="30" name="year" class="txt" id="year" /> </div> <div> <label for="make">Make: </label> <br /> <input type="text" size="30" name="make" class="txt" id="make" /> </div> <div> <label for="model">Model:</label> <br /> <input type="text" size="30" name="model" class="txt" id="model" /> </div> <div> <label for="body">Body Type:<br /> </label> <select name="body" id="body"> <option>Select One</option> <option value="2 Door Hatchback">2 Door Hatchback</option> <option value="4 Door Hatchback">4 Door Hatchback</option> <option value="2 Door Sedan">2 Door Sedan</option> <option value="4 Door Sedan">4 Door Sedan</option> <option value="Station Wagon">Station Wagon</option> <option value="Van">Van</option> <option value="Sport Utility">Sport Utility</option> <option value="Pickup Truck">Pickup Truck</option> <option value="Other Truck">Other Truck</option> <option value="Recreational Vehicle">Recreational Vehicle</option> <option value="Other">Other</option> </select> </div> <p><b><br /> Glass in Need of Repair:</b><br /> </p> <div> <input type="checkbox" name="repairs" value="Windshield" /> Windshield<br /> <input type="checkbox" name="repairs" value="Back Glass" /> Back Glass<br /> <input type="checkbox" name="repairs" value="Driver&rsquo;s Side Window" /> Side Window*<br /> <input type="checkbox" name="repairs" value="Chip Repair" /> Chip Repair<br /> <input type="checkbox" name="repairs" value="Other" /> Other </div> <p><strong>*Important:</strong> For side glass, please indicate the specific window that needs replacement <i>(e.g. passenger side rear door or driver side vent glass)</i>, and any tinting color preference in the <strong>Describe Damage </strong> field.</p> <p><br /> <b>Describe Damage</b></p> <div> <textarea rows="6" name="damage" id="damage" cols="37" class="txt"></textarea> </div> <input type="hidden" name="thanks" value="../thanks.php" /> <input type="hidden" name="required_fields" value="firstname, lastname, email, phone" /> <input type="hidden" name="html_template" value="testform.tpl.html" /> <input type="hidden" name="mail_template" value="testmail.tpl.txt" /> <div class="submit"> <center> <input type="submit" value="Submit Form" name="Submit" id="Submit" /> </center> </div> </fieldset> </form> Then it sends to a file named index.php inside the "form" folder: <?php $script_root = './'; $referring_server = 'www.wmsgroup.com, wmsgroup.com, scripts'; $allow_empty_referer = 'yes'; // (yes, no) $language = 'en'; // (see folder 'languages') $ip_banlist = ''; $ip_address_count = '0'; $ip_address_duration = '48'; $show_limit_errors = 'yes'; // (yes, no) $log_messages = 'no'; // (yes, no) $text_wrap = '65'; $show_error_messages = 'yes'; $attachment = 'no'; // (yes, no) $attachment_files = 'jpg, gif,png, zip, txt, pdf, doc, ppt, tif, bmp, mdb, xls, txt'; $attachment_size = 100000; $path['logfile'] = $script_root . 'logfile/logfile.txt'; $path['upload'] = $script_root . 'upload/'; // chmod 777 upload $path['templates'] = $script_root . 'templates/'; $file['default_html'] = 'testform.tpl.html'; $file['default_mail'] = 'testmail.tpl.txt'; /***************************************************** ** Add further words, text, variables and stuff ** that you want to appear in the templates here. ** The values are displayed in the HTML output and ** the e-mail. *****************************************************/ $add_text = array( 'txt_additional' => 'Additional', // {txt_additional} 'txt_more' => 'More' // {txt_more} ); /***************************************************** ** Do not edit below this line - Ende der Einstellungen *****************************************************/ /***************************************************** ** Send safety signal to included files *****************************************************/ define('IN_SCRIPT', 'true'); /***************************************************** ** Load formmail script code *****************************************************/ include($script_root . 'inc/formmail.inc.php') ?> There is also formail.inc.php, testform.tpl.php, testform.tpl.text and then the confirmation page, thanks.php I want to know how these all work together and what the problem could be.

    Read the article

  • How to display data stored in core data in a table view?

    - by Dipanjan Dutta
    Hello All, I have developed a core data model for my application. I need to display the saved data into a table view. For my app I have selected split view controller. I am writing down my codes below. Please help me in this regard and write me the code that needs to be added. This is very important as my continuation in my company depends on this. #import "RootViewController.h" #import "DetailViewController.h" #import "AddViewController.h" #import "EmployeeDetailsAppDelegate.h" /* This template does not ensure user interface consistency during editing operations in the table view. You must implement appropriate methods to provide the user experience you require. */ @interface RootViewController () - (void)configureCell:(UITableViewCell *)cell atIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath; @end @implementation RootViewController @synthesize detailViewController, fetchedResultsController, managedObjectContext, results, empName; #pragma mark - #pragma mark View lifecycle - (void)viewDidLoad { results = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc]init]; [results setObject:empName.text forKey:@"EmployeeName"]; [self.tableView reloadData]; [super viewDidLoad]; } /* - (void)viewWillAppear:(BOOL)animated { [super viewWillAppear:animated]; } */ /* - (void)viewDidAppear:(BOOL)animated { [super viewDidAppear:animated]; } */ /* - (void)viewWillDisappear:(BOOL)animated { [super viewWillDisappear:animated]; } */ /* - (void)viewDidDisappear:(BOOL)animated { [super viewDidDisappear:animated]; } */ - (BOOL)shouldAutorotateToInterfaceOrientation:(UIInterfaceOrientation)interfaceOrientation { // Ensure that the view controller supports rotation and that the split view can therefore show in both portrait and landscape. return YES; } - (void)configureCell:(UITableViewCell *)cell atIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath { NSManagedObject *managedObject = [self.fetchedResultsController objectAtIndexPath:indexPath]; cell.textLabel.text = [[managedObject valueForKey:@"EmployeeName"] description]; } #pragma mark - #pragma mark Add a new object - (void)insertNewObject:(id)sender { AddViewController *add = [[AddViewController alloc]initWithNibName:@"AddViewController" bundle:nil]; self.modalPresentationStyle = UIModalPresentationFormSheet; add.wantsFullScreenLayout = NO; [self presentModalViewController:add animated:YES]; [add release]; } #pragma mark - #pragma mark Table view data source - (NSInteger)numberOfSectionsInTableView:(UITableView *)tableView { return 1; } - (NSInteger)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView numberOfRowsInSection:(NSInteger)section { return 1; } - (UITableViewCell *)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView cellForRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath { static NSString *CellIdentifier = @"Cell"; UITableViewCell *cell = [tableView dequeueReusableCellWithIdentifier:CellIdentifier]; if (cell == nil) { cell = [[[UITableViewCell alloc] initWithStyle:UITableViewCellStyleDefault reuseIdentifier:CellIdentifier] autorelease]; } // Configure the cell. NSManagedObject *managedObject = [self.fetchedResultsController objectAtIndexPath:indexPath]; cell.textLabel.text = [[managedObject valueForKey:@"EmployeeName"] description]; return cell; } - (void)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView commitEditingStyle:(UITableViewCellEditingStyle)editingStyle forRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath { if (editingStyle == UITableViewCellEditingStyleDelete) { // Delete the managed object. NSManagedObject *objectToDelete = [self.fetchedResultsController objectAtIndexPath:indexPath]; if (self.detailViewController.detailItem == objectToDelete) { self.detailViewController.detailItem = nil; } NSManagedObjectContext *context = [self.fetchedResultsController managedObjectContext]; [context deleteObject:objectToDelete]; NSError *error; if (![context save:&error]) { /* Replace this implementation with code to handle the error appropriately. abort() causes the application to generate a crash log and terminate. You should not use this function in a shipping application, although it may be useful during development. If it is not possible to recover from the error, display an alert panel that instructs the user to quit the application by pressing the Home button. */ NSLog(@"Unresolved error %@, %@", error, [error userInfo]); abort(); } } } - (BOOL)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView canMoveRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath { // The table view should not be re-orderable. return NO; } #pragma mark - #pragma mark Table view delegate - (void)tableView:(UITableView *)aTableView didSelectRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath { // Set the detail item in the detail view controller. NSManagedObject *selectedObject = [self.fetchedResultsController objectAtIndexPath:indexPath]; self.detailViewController.detailItem = selectedObject; } #pragma mark - #pragma mark Fetched results controller - (NSFetchedResultsController *)fetchedResultsController { if (fetchedResultsController != nil) { return fetchedResultsController; } /* Set up the fetched results controller. */ // Create the fetch request for the entity. NSFetchRequest *fetchRequest = [[NSFetchRequest alloc] init]; // Edit the entity name as appropriate. NSEntityDescription *entity = [NSEntityDescription entityForName:@"Details" inManagedObjectContext:managedObjectContext]; [fetchRequest setEntity:entity]; // Set the batch size to a suitable number. [fetchRequest setFetchBatchSize:20]; // Edit the sort key as appropriate. NSSortDescriptor *sortDescriptor = [[NSSortDescriptor alloc] initWithKey:@"EmployeeName" ascending:NO]; NSArray *sortDescriptors = [[NSArray alloc] initWithObjects:sortDescriptor, nil]; [fetchRequest setSortDescriptors:sortDescriptors]; // Edit the section name key path and cache name if appropriate. // nil for section name key path means "no sections". NSFetchedResultsController *aFetchedResultsController = [[NSFetchedResultsController alloc] initWithFetchRequest:fetchRequest managedObjectContext:managedObjectContext sectionNameKeyPath:nil cacheName:@"Root"]; aFetchedResultsController.delegate = self; self.fetchedResultsController = aFetchedResultsController; [aFetchedResultsController release]; [fetchRequest release]; [sortDescriptor release]; [sortDescriptors release]; return fetchedResultsController; } #pragma mark - #pragma mark Fetched results controller delegate - (void)controllerWillChangeContent:(NSFetchedResultsController *)controller { [self.tableView beginUpdates]; } - (void)controller:(NSFetchedResultsController *)controller didChangeSection:(id <NSFetchedResultsSectionInfo>)sectionInfo atIndex:(NSUInteger)sectionIndex forChangeType:(NSFetchedResultsChangeType)type { switch(type) { case NSFetchedResultsChangeInsert: [self.tableView insertSections:[NSIndexSet indexSetWithIndex:sectionIndex] withRowAnimation:UITableViewRowAnimationFade]; break; case NSFetchedResultsChangeDelete: [self.tableView deleteSections:[NSIndexSet indexSetWithIndex:sectionIndex] withRowAnimation:UITableViewRowAnimationFade]; break; } } - (void)controller:(NSFetchedResultsController *)controller didChangeObject:(id)anObject atIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath forChangeType:(NSFetchedResultsChangeType)type newIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)newIndexPath { UITableView *tableView = self.tableView; switch(type) { case NSFetchedResultsChangeInsert: [tableView insertRowsAtIndexPaths:[NSArray arrayWithObject:newIndexPath] withRowAnimation:UITableViewRowAnimationFade]; break; case NSFetchedResultsChangeDelete: [tableView deleteRowsAtIndexPaths:[NSArray arrayWithObject:indexPath] withRowAnimation:UITableViewRowAnimationFade]; break; case NSFetchedResultsChangeUpdate: [self configureCell:[tableView cellForRowAtIndexPath:indexPath] atIndexPath:indexPath]; break; case NSFetchedResultsChangeMove: [tableView deleteRowsAtIndexPaths:[NSArray arrayWithObject:indexPath] withRowAnimation:UITableViewRowAnimationFade]; [tableView insertRowsAtIndexPaths:[NSArray arrayWithObject:newIndexPath]withRowAnimation:UITableViewRowAnimationFade]; break; } } - (void)controllerDidChangeContent:(NSFetchedResultsController *)controller { [self.tableView endUpdates]; } #pragma mark - #pragma mark Memory management - (void)didReceiveMemoryWarning { // Releases the view if it doesn't have a superview. [super didReceiveMemoryWarning]; // Relinquish ownership any cached data, images, etc. that aren't in use. } - (void)viewDidUnload { // Relinquish ownership of anything that can be recreated in viewDidLoad or on demand. // For example: self.myOutlet = nil; } - (void)dealloc { [detailViewController release]; [fetchedResultsController release]; [managedObjectContext release]; [super dealloc]; } @end // // AddViewController.m // EmployeeDetails // // Created by Dipanjan on 15/02/11. // Copyright 2011 __MyCompanyName__. All rights reserved. // #import "AddViewController.h" #import "EmployeeDetailsAppDelegate.h" #import "RootViewController.h" @implementation AddViewController @synthesize empName; @synthesize empID; @synthesize empDepartment; @synthesize backButton; // The designated initializer. Override if you create the controller programmatically and want to perform customization that is not appropriate for viewDidLoad. /* - (id)initWithNibName:(NSString *)nibNameOrNil bundle:(NSBundle *)nibBundleOrNil { self = [super initWithNibName:nibNameOrNil bundle:nibBundleOrNil]; if (self) { // Custom initialization. } return self; } */ /* // Implement viewDidLoad to do additional setup after loading the view, typically from a nib. - (void)viewDidLoad { [super viewDidLoad]; } */ -(void)saveDetails{ EmployeeDetailsAppDelegate *appDelegate = [[UIApplication sharedApplication]delegate]; NSManagedObjectContext *context = [appDelegate managedObjectContext]; NSManagedObject *newDetails; newDetails = [NSEntityDescription insertNewObjectForEntityForName:@"Details" inManagedObjectContext:context]; [newDetails setValue:empID.text forKey:@"EmployeeID"]; [newDetails setValue:empName.text forKey:@"EmployeeName"]; [newDetails setValue:empDepartment.text forKey:@"EmployeeDepartment"]; empID.text = @""; empName.text = @""; empDepartment.text = @""; NSLog(@"%@........----->>>...", newDetails); NSError *error; [context save:&error]; [self dismissModalViewControllerAnimated:YES]; } -(void)findDetails { EmployeeDetailsAppDelegate *appDelegate = [[UIApplication sharedApplication]delegate]; NSManagedObjectContext *context = [appDelegate managedObjectContext]; NSEntityDescription *entityDesc = [NSEntityDescription entityForName:@"Details" inManagedObjectContext:context]; NSFetchRequest *request = [[NSFetchRequest alloc]init]; [request setEntity:entityDesc]; NSPredicate *pred = [NSPredicate predicateWithFormat:@"(EmployeeName = %@)", empName.text]; [request setPredicate:pred]; NSManagedObject *matches = nil; NSError *error; NSArray *objects = [context executeFetchRequest:request error:&error]; if ([objects count] == 0) { } else { matches = [objects objectAtIndex:0]; empID.text = [matches valueForKey:@"EmployeeID"]; empDepartment.text = [matches valueForKey:@"EmployeeDepartment"]; } [request release]; [self dismissModalViewControllerAnimated:YES]; } - (BOOL)shouldAutorotateToInterfaceOrientation:(UIInterfaceOrientation)interfaceOrientation { // Overriden to allow any orientation. return YES; } - (void)didReceiveMemoryWarning { // Releases the view if it doesn't have a superview. [super didReceiveMemoryWarning]; // Release any cached data, images, etc. that aren't in use. } - (void)viewDidUnload { self.empName = nil; self.empID = nil; self.empDepartment = nil; [super viewDidUnload]; // Release any retained subviews of the main view. // e.g. self.myOutlet = nil; } - (void)dealloc { [empID release]; [empName release]; [empDepartment release]; [super dealloc]; } @end Please let me know the answer as soon as possible. Thank you. Regards, Dipanjan

    Read the article

  • Javascript - How to index html code into variables

    - by Fernando SBS
    The webpage has the following source (only copied the important part): <h1>Relatórios</h1> <div id="textmenu"> <a href="berichte.php" class="selected ">Tudo</a> | <a href="berichte.php?t=2">Comércio</a> | <a href="berichte.php?t=1">Reforços</a> | <a href="berichte.php?t=3">Ataques</a> | <a href="berichte.php?t=4">Outros</a> </div> <form method="post" action="berichte.php" name="msg"> <table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" id="overview" class="row_table_data"> <thead> <tr> <th colspan="2">Assunto:</th> <th class="sent"> enviada</th> </tr> </thead><tfoot> <tr> <th>&nbsp;</th> <th class=buttons><input name=del value=apagar alt=apagar type=image id=btn_delete class=dynamic_img src=img/x.gif /></th> <th class=navi>&laquo;<a href="berichte.php?s=10&amp;o=0">&raquo;</a></th> </tr> </tfoot> <tbody> <tr> <td class="sel"><input class="check" type="checkbox" name="n1" value="15737030" /></td> <td class="sub"><img src="img/x.gif" class="iReport iReport1" alt="Ganhou como atacante sem perdas" title="Ganhou como atacante sem perdas" /> <div><a href="berichte.php?id=15737030">Rio Grande Do Leste ataca lcsanchez da aldeia</a> </div> </td> <td class="dat">hoje 21:33</td> </tr> <tr> <td class="sel"><input class="check" type="checkbox" name="n2" value="15736877" /></td> <td class="sub"><img src="img/x.gif" class="iReport iReport1" alt="Ganhou como atacante sem perdas" title="Ganhou como atacante sem perdas" /> <div><a href="berichte.php?id=15736877">Rio Grande Do Leste ataca Thabiti da aldeia</a> </div> </td> <td class="dat">hoje 21:32</td> </tr> <tr> <td class="sel"><input class="check" type="checkbox" name="n3" value="15736759" /></td> <td class="sub"><img src="img/x.gif" class="iReport iReport1" alt="Ganhou como atacante sem perdas" title="Ganhou como atacante sem perdas" /> <div><a href="berichte.php?id=15736759">Rio Grande Do Leste ataca Dionisio</a> </div> </td> <td class="dat">hoje 21:31</td> </tr> <tr> <td class="sel"><input class="check" type="checkbox" name="n4" value="15736513" /></td> <td class="sub"><img src="img/x.gif" class="iReport iReport1" alt="Ganhou como atacante sem perdas" title="Ganhou como atacante sem perdas" /> <div><a href="berichte.php?id=15736513">Rio Grande Do Leste ataca Aldeia de troakris</a> (nova)</div> </td> <td class="dat">hoje 21:30</td> </tr> <tr> <td class="sel"><input class="check" type="checkbox" name="n5" value="15736275" /></td> <td class="sub"><img src="img/x.gif" class="iReport iReport1" alt="Ganhou como atacante sem perdas" title="Ganhou como atacante sem perdas" /> <div><a href="berichte.php?id=15736275">Rio Grande Do Leste ataca Thabiti da aldeia</a> </div> </td> <td class="dat">hoje 21:28</td> </tr> <tr> <td class="sel"><input class="check" type="checkbox" name="n6" value="15736220" /></td> <td class="sub"><img src="img/x.gif" class="iReport iReport1" alt="Ganhou como atacante sem perdas" title="Ganhou como atacante sem perdas" /> <div><a href="berichte.php?id=15736220">Rio Grande Do Leste ataca Aldeia de troakris</a> (nova)</div> </td> <td class="dat">hoje 21:28</td> </tr> <tr> <td class="sel"><input class="check" type="checkbox" name="n7" value="15734824" /></td> <td class="sub"><img src="img/x.gif" class="iReport iReport1" alt="Ganhou como atacante sem perdas" title="Ganhou como atacante sem perdas" /> <div><a href="berichte.php?id=15734824">Rio Grande Do Leste ataca Austrália</a> </div> </td> <td class="dat">hoje 21:18</td> </tr> <tr> <td class="sel"><input class="check" type="checkbox" name="n8" value="15734440" /></td> <td class="sub"><img src="img/x.gif" class="iReport iReport1" alt="Ganhou como atacante sem perdas" title="Ganhou como atacante sem perdas" /> <div><a href="berichte.php?id=15734440">Rio Grande Do Leste ataca andrômeda</a> (nova)</div> </td> <td class="dat">hoje 21:15</td> </tr> <tr> <td class="sel"><input class="check" type="checkbox" name="n9" value="15730612" /></td> <td class="sub"><img src="img/x.gif" class="iReport iReport1" alt="Ganhou como atacante sem perdas" title="Ganhou como atacante sem perdas" /> <div><a href="berichte.php?id=15730612">Rio Grande Do Leste ataca wLG02 KING OF POP</a> (nova)</div> </td> <td class="dat">hoje 20:49</td> </tr> <tr> <td class="sel"><input class="check" type="checkbox" name="n10" value="15730304" /></td> <td class="sub"><img src="img/x.gif" class="iReport iReport1" alt="Ganhou como atacante sem perdas" title="Ganhou como atacante sem perdas" /> <div><a href="berichte.php?id=15730304">Rio Grande Do Leste ataca wLG02 KING OF POP</a> (nova)</div> </td> <td class="dat">hoje 20:47</td> </tr> </tbody> </table> </form> </div> I want to read from the source and assign to a variable the values like: relatorio[0] = berichte.php?id=15730304; relatorio[1] = berichte.php?id=15730612; ... relatorio[9] = berichte.php?id=15737030; How to do that? thanks

    Read the article

  • How do I improve my performance with this singly linked list struct within my program?

    - by Jesus
    Hey guys, I have a program that does operations of sets of strings. We have to implement functions such as addition and subtraction of two sets of strings. We are suppose to get it down to the point where performance if of O(N+M), where N,M are sets of strings. Right now, I believe my performance is at O(N*M), since I for each element of N, I go through every element of M. I'm particularly focused on getting the subtraction to the proper performance, as if I can get that down to proper performance, I believe I can carry that knowledge over to the rest of things I have to implement. The '-' operator is suppose to work like this, for example. Declare set1 to be an empty set. Declare set2 to be a set with { a b c } elements Declare set3 to be a set with ( b c d } elements set1 = set2 - set3 And now set1 is suppose to equal { a }. So basically, just remove any element from set3, that is also in set2. For the addition implementation (overloaded '+' operator), I also do the sorting of the strings (since we have to). All the functions work right now btw. So I was wondering if anyone could a) Confirm that currently I'm doing O(N*M) performance b) Give me some ideas/implementations on how to improve the performance to O(N+M) Note: I cannot add any member variables or functions to the class strSet or to the node structure. The implementation of the main program isn't very important, but I will post the code for my class definition and the implementation of the member functions: strSet2.h (Implementation of my class and struct) // Class to implement sets of strings // Implements operators for union, intersection, subtraction, // etc. for sets of strings // V1.1 15 Feb 2011 Added guard (#ifndef), deleted using namespace RCH #ifndef _STRSET_ #define _STRSET_ #include <iostream> #include <vector> #include <string> // Deleted: using namespace std; 15 Feb 2011 RCH struct node { std::string s1; node * next; }; class strSet { private: node * first; public: strSet (); // Create empty set strSet (std::string s); // Create singleton set strSet (const strSet &copy); // Copy constructor ~strSet (); // Destructor int SIZE() const; bool isMember (std::string s) const; strSet operator + (const strSet& rtSide); // Union strSet operator - (const strSet& rtSide); // Set subtraction strSet& operator = (const strSet& rtSide); // Assignment }; // End of strSet class #endif // _STRSET_ strSet2.cpp (implementation of member functions) #include <iostream> #include <vector> #include <string> #include "strset2.h" using namespace std; strSet::strSet() { first = NULL; } strSet::strSet(string s) { node *temp; temp = new node; temp->s1 = s; temp->next = NULL; first = temp; } strSet::strSet(const strSet& copy) { if(copy.first == NULL) { first = NULL; } else { node *n = copy.first; node *prev = NULL; while (n) { node *newNode = new node; newNode->s1 = n->s1; newNode->next = NULL; if (prev) { prev->next = newNode; } else { first = newNode; } prev = newNode; n = n->next; } } } strSet::~strSet() { if(first != NULL) { while(first->next != NULL) { node *nextNode = first->next; first->next = nextNode->next; delete nextNode; } } } int strSet::SIZE() const { int size = 0; node *temp = first; while(temp!=NULL) { size++; temp=temp->next; } return size; } bool strSet::isMember(string s) const { node *temp = first; while(temp != NULL) { if(temp->s1 == s) { return true; } temp = temp->next; } return false; } strSet strSet::operator + (const strSet& rtSide) { strSet newSet; newSet = *this; node *temp = rtSide.first; while(temp != NULL) { string newEle = temp->s1; if(!isMember(newEle)) { if(newSet.first==NULL) { node *newNode; newNode = new node; newNode->s1 = newEle; newNode->next = NULL; newSet.first = newNode; } else if(newSet.SIZE() == 1) { if(newEle < newSet.first->s1) { node *tempNext = newSet.first; node *newNode; newNode = new node; newNode->s1 = newEle; newNode->next = tempNext; newSet.first = newNode; } else { node *newNode; newNode = new node; newNode->s1 = newEle; newNode->next = NULL; newSet.first->next = newNode; } } else { node *prev = NULL; node *curr = newSet.first; while(curr != NULL) { if(newEle < curr->s1) { if(prev == NULL) { node *newNode; newNode = new node; newNode->s1 = newEle; newNode->next = curr; newSet.first = newNode; break; } else { node *newNode; newNode = new node; newNode->s1 = newEle; newNode->next = curr; prev->next = newNode; break; } } if(curr->next == NULL) { node *newNode; newNode = new node; newNode->s1 = newEle; newNode->next = NULL; curr->next = newNode; break; } prev = curr; curr = curr->next; } } } temp = temp->next; } return newSet; } strSet strSet::operator - (const strSet& rtSide) { strSet newSet; newSet = *this; node *temp = rtSide.first; while(temp != NULL) { string element = temp->s1; node *prev = NULL; node *curr = newSet.first; while(curr != NULL) { if( element < curr->s1 ) break; if( curr->s1 == element ) { if( prev == NULL) { node *duplicate = curr; newSet.first = newSet.first->next; delete duplicate; break; } else { node *duplicate = curr; prev->next = curr->next; delete duplicate; break; } } prev = curr; curr = curr->next; } temp = temp->next; } return newSet; } strSet& strSet::operator = (const strSet& rtSide) { if(this != &rtSide) { if(first != NULL) { while(first->next != NULL) { node *nextNode = first->next; first->next = nextNode->next; delete nextNode; } } if(rtSide.first == NULL) { first = NULL; } else { node *n = rtSide.first; node *prev = NULL; while (n) { node *newNode = new node; newNode->s1 = n->s1; newNode->next = NULL; if (prev) { prev->next = newNode; } else { first = newNode; } prev = newNode; n = n->next; } } } return *this; }

    Read the article

  • How do I target a div without a class or id but with all these specific style-attributes

    - by Ben
    I'm restyling a certain page where I don't have access to all the source-HTML. So I'm left over with some hard to target elements within a page I need removed. For example the page is swamped with <div style="float: left; width: 10.25px; height: 284px;"></div>. To get rid of them I tried this in CSS: div[style="float: left; width: 10.25px; height: 284px;"] { display:none !important; } I'd like to fix this using CSS, because the the HTML that needs to be removed is updated using ajax. How do I target a div without a class or id but with all these specific style-attributes? Some more of the source-code (took a while to organize the parsed source): <div> <span class="Block BigPhotoList_Block"> <span class="Photo BigPhotoList_Photo" style="height: 200px"> <a href="/Webwinkel-Product-83760187/Le-Coq-Sportif-Angers-Low.html.html"> <span style="background-image:url(http://61955.static.securearea.eu/Files/2/61000/61955/ProductPhotos/MaxContent/144036303.jpg);" class="Canvas BigPhotoList_Canvas" title="Le-Coq-Sportif-Angers-Low"></span> </a> </span> <span class="Title BigPhotoList_Title"> <a href="/Webwinkel-Product-83760187/Le-Coq-Sportif-Angers-Low.html.html"> Le Coq Sportif Angers Low </a> </span> <span class="Price BigPhotoList_Price" style="font-size: 120%;"> € 89,95 </span> </span> <div style="float: left; width: 10.25px; height: 284px; border-right: 1px dashed #A0A0A0;" class="BigPhotoList_Stippel"></div> <div style="float: left; width: 10.25px; height: 284px;"></div> <span class="Block BigPhotoList_Block"> <span class="Photo BigPhotoList_Photo" style="height: 200px"> <a href="/Webwinkel-Product-83760185/Le-Coq-Sportif-Auveurne-Low.html"> <span style="background-image:url(http://61955.static.securearea.eu/Files/2/61000/61955/ProductPhotos/MaxContent/144036301.jpg);" class="Canvas BigPhotoList_Canvas" title="Le-Coq-Sportif-Auveurne-Low"></span> </a> </span> <span class="Title BigPhotoList_Title"> <a href="/Webwinkel-Product-83760185/Le-Coq-Sportif-Auveurne-Low.html"> Le Coq Sportif Auveurne Low </a> </span> <span class="Price BigPhotoList_Price" style="font-size: 120%;"> € 79,95 </span> </span> <div style="float: left; width: 10.25px; height: 284px; border-right: 1px dashed #A0A0A0;" class="BigPhotoList_Stippel"></div> <div style="float: left; width: 10.25px; height: 284px;"></div> <span class="Block BigPhotoList_Block"> <span class="Photo BigPhotoList_Photo" style="height: 200px"> <a href="/Webwinkel-Product-83760191/Le-Coq-Sportif-Bordeaux-Low.html"> <span style="background-image:url(http://61955.static.securearea.eu/Files/2/61000/61955/ProductPhotos/MaxContent/144036307.jpg);" class="Canvas BigPhotoList_Canvas" title="Le-Coq-Sportif-Bordeaux-Low"></span> </a> </span> <span class="Title BigPhotoList_Title"> <a href="/Webwinkel-Product-83760191/Le-Coq-Sportif-Bordeaux-Low.html"> Le Coq Sportif Bordeaux Low </a> </span> <span class="Price BigPhotoList_Price" style="font-size: 120%;"> € 99,95 </span> </span> <span class="Block BigPhotoList_Block"> <span class="Photo BigPhotoList_Photo" style="height: 200px"> <a href="/Webwinkel-Product-83760181/Le-Coq-Sportif-Cannet-Low.html"> <span style="background-image:url(http://61955.static.securearea.eu/Files/2/61000/61955/ProductPhotos/MaxContent/144036297.jpg);" class="Canvas BigPhotoList_Canvas" title="Le-Coq-Sportif-Cannet-Low"></span> </a> </span> <span class="Title BigPhotoList_Title"> <a href="/Webwinkel-Product-83760181/Le-Coq-Sportif-Cannet-Low.html"> Le Coq Sportif Cannet Low </a> </span> <span class="Discount BigPhotoList_Discount" style="font-size: 120%;"> € 99,95 </span> <span class="Price BigPhotoList_Price" style="font-size: 120%;"> € 94,95 </span> </span> <div style="float: left; width: 10.25px; height: 284px; border-right: 1px dashed #A0A0A0;" class="BigPhotoList_Stippel"></div> <div style="float: left; width: 10.25px; height: 284px;"></div> <span class="Block BigPhotoList_Block"> <span class="Photo BigPhotoList_Photo" style="height: 200px"> <a href="/Webwinkel-Product-83760183/Le-Coq-Sportif-Rodez-Low.html"> <span style="background-image:url(http://61955.static.securearea.eu/Files/2/61000/61955/ProductPhotos/MaxContent/144036299.jpg);" class="Canvas BigPhotoList_Canvas" title="Le-Coq-Sportif-Rodez-Low"></span> </a> </span> <span class="Title BigPhotoList_Title"> <a href="/Webwinkel-Product-83760183/Le-Coq-Sportif-Rodez-Low.html"> Le Coq Sportif Rodez Low </a> </span> <span class="Price BigPhotoList_Price" style="font-size: 120%;"> € 99,95 </span> </span> <div style="float: left; width: 10.25px; height: 284px; border-right: 1px dashed #A0A0A0;" class="BigPhotoList_Stippel"></div> <div style="float: left; width: 10.25px; height: 284px;"></div> <span class="Block BigPhotoList_Block"> <span class="Photo BigPhotoList_Photo" style="height: 200px"> <a href="/Webwinkel-Product-83760189/Le-Coq-Sportif-Sedan-Low.html"> <span style="background-image:url(http://61955.static.securearea.eu/Files/2/61000/61955/ProductPhotos/MaxContent/144036305.jpg);" class="Canvas BigPhotoList_Canvas" title="Le-Coq-Sportif-Sedan-Low"></span> </a> </span> <span class="Title BigPhotoList_Title"> <a href="/Webwinkel-Product-83760189/Le-Coq-Sportif-Sedan-Low.html"> Le Coq Sportif Sedan Low </a> </span> <span class="Discount BigPhotoList_Discount" style="font-size: 120%;"> € 109,95 </span> <span class="Price BigPhotoList_Price" style="font-size: 120%;"> € 99,95 </span> </span> </div>

    Read the article

  • Multi-module maven build : different result from parent and from module

    - by Albaku
    I am migrating an application from ant build to maven 3 build. This app is composed by : A parent project specifying all the modules to build A project generating classes with jaxb and building a jar with them A project building an ejb project 3 projects building war modules 1 project building an ear Here is an extract from my parent pom : <groupId>com.test</groupId> <artifactId>P</artifactId> <packaging>pom</packaging> <version>04.01.00</version> <modules> <module>../PValidationJaxb</module> <-- jar <module>../PValidation</module> <-- ejb <module>../PImport</module> <-- war <module>../PTerminal</module> <-- war <module>../PWebService</module> <-- war <module>../PEAR</module> <-- ear </modules> I have several problems which I think have the same origin, probably a dependency management issue that I cannot figure out : The generated modules are different depending on if I build from the parent pom or a single module. Typically if I build PImport only, the generated war is similar to what I had with my ant build and if I build from the parent pom, my war took 20MB, a lot of dependencies from other modules had been added. Both wars are running well. My project PWebService has unit tests to be executed during the build. It is using mock-ejb which has cglib as dependency. Having a problem of ClassNotFound with this one, I had to exclude it and add a dependency to cglib-nodep (see last pom extract). If I then build only this module, it is working well. But if I build from the parent project, it fails because other dependencies in other modules also had an implicit dependency on cglib. I had to exclude it in every modules pom and add the dependency to cglib-nodep everywhere to make it run. Do I miss something important in my configuration ? The PValidation pom extract : It is creating a jar containing an ejb with interfaces generated by xdoclet, as well as a client jar. <parent> <groupId>com.test</groupId> <artifactId>P</artifactId> <version>04.01.00</version> </parent> <artifactId>P-validation</artifactId> <packaging>ejb</packaging> <dependencies> <dependency> <groupId>com.test</groupId> <artifactId>P-jaxb</artifactId> <version>${project.version}</version> </dependency> <dependency> <groupId>org.hibernate</groupId> <artifactId>hibernate</artifactId> <version>3.2.5.ga</version> <exclusions> <exclusion> <groupId>cglib</groupId> <artifactId>cglib</artifactId> </exclusion> </exclusions> </dependency> <dependency> <groupId>cglib</groupId> <artifactId>cglib-nodep</artifactId> <version>2.2.2</version> </dependency> ... [other libs] ... </dependencies> <build> ... <plugins> <plugin> <groupId>org.apache.maven.plugins</groupId> <artifactId>maven-ejb-plugin</artifactId> <configuration> <ejbVersion>2.0</ejbVersion> <generateClient>true</generateClient> </configuration> </plugin> <plugin> <groupId>org.codehaus.mojo</groupId> <artifactId>xdoclet-maven-plugin</artifactId> ... The PImport pom extract : It depends on both Jaxb generated jar and the ejb client jar. <parent> <groupId>com.test</groupId> <artifactId>P</artifactId> <version>04.01.00</version> </parent> <artifactId>P-import</artifactId> <packaging>war</packaging> <dependencies> <dependency> <groupId>com.test</groupId> <artifactId>P-jaxb</artifactId> <version>${project.version}</version> </dependency> <dependency> <groupId>com.test</groupId> <artifactId>P-validation</artifactId> <version>${project.version}</version> <type>ejb-client</type> </dependency> ... [other libs] ... </dependencies> The PWebService pom extract : <parent> <groupId>com.test</groupId> <artifactId>P</artifactId> <version>04.01.00</version> </parent> <artifactId>P-webservice</artifactId> <packaging>war</packaging> <properties> <jersey.version>1.14</jersey.version> </properties> <dependencies> <dependency> <groupId>com.sun.jersey</groupId> <artifactId>jersey-servlet</artifactId> <version>${jersey.version}</version> </dependency> <dependency> <groupId>com.rte.etso</groupId> <artifactId>etso-validation</artifactId> <version>${project.version}</version> <type>ejb-client</type> </dependency> ... [other libs] ... <dependency> <groupId>org.mockejb</groupId> <artifactId>mockejb</artifactId> <version>0.6-beta2</version> <scope>test</scope> <exclusions> <exclusion> <groupId>cglib</groupId> <artifactId>cglib-full</artifactId> </exclusion> </exclusions> </dependency> <dependency> <groupId>cglib</groupId> <artifactId>cglib-nodep</artifactId> <version>2.2.2</version> <scope>test</scope> </dependency> </dependencies> Many thanks

    Read the article

  • An Introduction to jQuery Templates

    - by Stephen Walther
    The goal of this blog entry is to provide you with enough information to start working with jQuery Templates. jQuery Templates enable you to display and manipulate data in the browser. For example, you can use jQuery Templates to format and display a set of database records that you have retrieved with an Ajax call. jQuery Templates supports a number of powerful features such as template tags, template composition, and wrapped templates. I’ll concentrate on the features that I think that you will find most useful. In order to focus on the jQuery Templates feature itself, this blog entry is server technology agnostic. All the samples use HTML pages instead of ASP.NET pages. In a future blog entry, I’ll focus on using jQuery Templates with ASP.NET Web Forms and ASP.NET MVC (You can do some pretty powerful things when jQuery Templates are used on the client and ASP.NET is used on the server). Introduction to jQuery Templates The jQuery Templates plugin was developed by the Microsoft ASP.NET team in collaboration with the open-source jQuery team. While working at Microsoft, I wrote the original proposal for jQuery Templates, Dave Reed wrote the original code, and Boris Moore wrote the final code. The jQuery team – especially John Resig – was very involved in each step of the process. Both the jQuery community and ASP.NET communities were very active in providing feedback. jQuery Templates will be included in the jQuery core library (the jQuery.js library) when jQuery 1.5 is released. Until jQuery 1.5 is released, you can download the jQuery Templates plugin from the jQuery Source Code Repository or you can use jQuery Templates directly from the ASP.NET CDN. The documentation for jQuery Templates is already included with the official jQuery documentation at http://api.jQuery.com. The main entry for jQuery templates is located under the topic plugins/templates. A Basic Sample of jQuery Templates Let’s start with a really simple sample of using jQuery Templates. We’ll use the plugin to display a list of books stored in a JavaScript array. Here’s the complete code: <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> <html > <head> <title>Intro</title> <link href="0_Site.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" /> </head> <body> <div id="pageContent"> <h1>ASP.NET Bookstore</h1> <div id="bookContainer"></div> </div> <script id="bookTemplate" type="text/x-jQuery-tmpl"> <div> <img src="BookPictures/${picture}" alt="" /> <h2>${title}</h2> price: ${formatPrice(price)} </div> </script> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jQuery/jquery-1.4.4.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jquery.templates/beta1/jquery.tmpl.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript"> // Create an array of books var books = [ { title: "ASP.NET 4 Unleashed", price: 37.79, picture: "AspNet4Unleashed.jpg" }, { title: "ASP.NET MVC Unleashed", price: 44.99, picture: "AspNetMvcUnleashed.jpg" }, { title: "ASP.NET Kick Start", price: 4.00, picture: "AspNetKickStart.jpg" }, { title: "ASP.NET MVC Unleashed iPhone", price: 44.99, picture: "AspNetMvcUnleashedIPhone.jpg" }, ]; // Render the books using the template $("#bookTemplate").tmpl(books).appendTo("#bookContainer"); function formatPrice(price) { return "$" + price.toFixed(2); } </script> </body> </html> When you open this page in a browser, a list of books is displayed: There are several things going on in this page which require explanation. First, notice that the page uses both the jQuery 1.4.4 and jQuery Templates libraries. Both libraries are retrieved from the ASP.NET CDN: <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jQuery/jquery-1.4.4.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jquery.templates/beta1/jquery.tmpl.js"></script> You can use the ASP.NET CDN for free (even for production websites). You can learn more about the files included on the ASP.NET CDN by visiting the ASP.NET CDN documentation page. Second, you should notice that the actual template is included in a script tag with a special MIME type: <script id="bookTemplate" type="text/x-jQuery-tmpl"> <div> <img src="BookPictures/${picture}" alt="" /> <h2>${title}</h2> price: ${formatPrice(price)} </div> </script> This template is displayed for each of the books rendered by the template. The template displays a book picture, title, and price. Notice that the SCRIPT tag which wraps the template has a MIME type of text/x-jQuery-tmpl. Why is the template wrapped in a SCRIPT tag and why the strange MIME type? When a browser encounters a SCRIPT tag with an unknown MIME type, it ignores the content of the tag. This is the behavior that you want with a template. You don’t want a browser to attempt to parse the contents of a template because this might cause side effects. For example, the template above includes an <img> tag with a src attribute that points at “BookPictures/${picture}”. You don’t want the browser to attempt to load an image at the URL “BookPictures/${picture}”. Instead, you want to prevent the browser from processing the IMG tag until the ${picture} expression is replaced by with the actual name of an image by the jQuery Templates plugin. If you are not worried about browser side-effects then you can wrap a template inside any HTML tag that you please. For example, the following DIV tag would also work with the jQuery Templates plugin: <div id="bookTemplate" style="display:none"> <div> <h2>${title}</h2> price: ${formatPrice(price)} </div> </div> Notice that the DIV tag includes a style=”display:none” attribute to prevent the template from being displayed until the template is parsed by the jQuery Templates plugin. Third, notice that the expression ${…} is used to display the value of a JavaScript expression within a template. For example, the expression ${title} is used to display the value of the book title property. You can use any JavaScript function that you please within the ${…} expression. For example, in the template above, the book price is formatted with the help of the custom JavaScript formatPrice() function which is defined lower in the page. Fourth, and finally, the template is rendered with the help of the tmpl() method. The following statement selects the bookTemplate and renders an array of books using the bookTemplate. The results are appended to a DIV element named bookContainer by using the standard jQuery appendTo() method. $("#bookTemplate").tmpl(books).appendTo("#bookContainer"); Using Template Tags Within a template, you can use any of the following template tags. {{tmpl}} – Used for template composition. See the section below. {{wrap}} – Used for wrapped templates. See the section below. {{each}} – Used to iterate through a collection. {{if}} – Used to conditionally display template content. {{else}} – Used with {{if}} to conditionally display template content. {{html}} – Used to display the value of an HTML expression without encoding the value. Using ${…} or {{= }} performs HTML encoding automatically. {{= }}-- Used in exactly the same way as ${…}. {{! }} – Used for displaying comments. The contents of a {{!...}} tag are ignored. For example, imagine that you want to display a list of blog entries. Each blog entry could, possibly, have an associated list of categories. The following page illustrates how you can use the { if}} and {{each}} template tags to conditionally display categories for each blog entry:   <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> <head> <title>each</title> <link href="1_Site.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" /> </head> <body> <div id="blogPostContainer"></div> <script id="blogPostTemplate" type="text/x-jQuery-tmpl"> <h1>${postTitle}</h1> <p> ${postEntry} </p> {{if categories}} Categories: {{each categories}} <i>${$value}</i> {{/each}} {{else}} Uncategorized {{/if}} </script> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jQuery/jquery-1.4.4.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jquery.templates/beta1/jquery.tmpl.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript"> var blogPosts = [ { postTitle: "How to fix a sink plunger in 5 minutes", postEntry: "Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Maecenas porttitor congue massa. Fusce posuere, magna sed pulvinar ultricies, purus lectus malesuada libero, sit amet commodo magna eros quis urna.", categories: ["HowTo", "Sinks", "Plumbing"] }, { postTitle: "How to remove a broken lightbulb", postEntry: "Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Maecenas porttitor congue massa. Fusce posuere, magna sed pulvinar ultricies, purus lectus malesuada libero, sit amet commodo magna eros quis urna.", categories: ["HowTo", "Lightbulbs", "Electricity"] }, { postTitle: "New associate website", postEntry: "Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Maecenas porttitor congue massa. Fusce posuere, magna sed pulvinar ultricies, purus lectus malesuada libero, sit amet commodo magna eros quis urna." } ]; // Render the blog posts $("#blogPostTemplate").tmpl(blogPosts).appendTo("#blogPostContainer"); </script> </body> </html> When this page is opened in a web browser, the following list of blog posts and categories is displayed: Notice that the first and second blog entries have associated categories but the third blog entry does not. The third blog entry is “Uncategorized”. The template used to render the blog entries and categories looks like this: <script id="blogPostTemplate" type="text/x-jQuery-tmpl"> <h1>${postTitle}</h1> <p> ${postEntry} </p> {{if categories}} Categories: {{each categories}} <i>${$value}</i> {{/each}} {{else}} Uncategorized {{/if}} </script> Notice the special expression $value used within the {{each}} template tag. You can use $value to display the value of the current template item. In this case, $value is used to display the value of each category in the collection of categories. Template Composition When building a fancy page, you might want to build a template out of multiple templates. In other words, you might want to take advantage of template composition. For example, imagine that you want to display a list of products. Some of the products are being sold at their normal price and some of the products are on sale. In that case, you might want to use two different templates for displaying a product: a productTemplate and a productOnSaleTemplate. The following page illustrates how you can use the {{tmpl}} tag to build a template from multiple templates:   <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> <head> <title>Composition</title> <link href="2_Site.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" /> </head> <body> <div id="pageContainer"> <h1>Products</h1> <div id="productListContainer"></div> <!-- Show list of products using composition --> <script id="productListTemplate" type="text/x-jQuery-tmpl"> <div> {{if onSale}} {{tmpl "#productOnSaleTemplate"}} {{else}} {{tmpl "#productTemplate"}} {{/if}} </div> </script> <!-- Show product --> <script id="productTemplate" type="text/x-jQuery-tmpl"> ${name} </script> <!-- Show product on sale --> <script id="productOnSaleTemplate" type="text/x-jQuery-tmpl"> <b>${name}</b> <img src="images/on_sale.png" alt="On Sale" /> </script> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jQuery/jquery-1.4.4.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jquery.templates/beta1/jquery.tmpl.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript"> var products = [ { name: "Laptop", onSale: false }, { name: "Apples", onSale: true }, { name: "Comb", onSale: false } ]; $("#productListTemplate").tmpl(products).appendTo("#productListContainer"); </script> </div> </body> </html>   In the page above, the main template used to display the list of products looks like this: <script id="productListTemplate" type="text/x-jQuery-tmpl"> <div> {{if onSale}} {{tmpl "#productOnSaleTemplate"}} {{else}} {{tmpl "#productTemplate"}} {{/if}} </div> </script>   If a product is on sale then the product is displayed with the productOnSaleTemplate (which includes an on sale image): <script id="productOnSaleTemplate" type="text/x-jQuery-tmpl"> <b>${name}</b> <img src="images/on_sale.png" alt="On Sale" /> </script>   Otherwise, the product is displayed with the normal productTemplate (which does not include the on sale image): <script id="productTemplate" type="text/x-jQuery-tmpl"> ${name} </script>   You can pass a parameter to the {{tmpl}} tag. The parameter becomes the data passed to the template rendered by the {{tmpl}} tag. For example, in the previous section, we used the {{each}} template tag to display a list of categories for each blog entry like this: <script id="blogPostTemplate" type="text/x-jQuery-tmpl"> <h1>${postTitle}</h1> <p> ${postEntry} </p> {{if categories}} Categories: {{each categories}} <i>${$value}</i> {{/each}} {{else}} Uncategorized {{/if}} </script>   Another way to create this template is to use template composition like this: <script id="blogPostTemplate" type="text/x-jQuery-tmpl"> <h1>${postTitle}</h1> <p> ${postEntry} </p> {{if categories}} Categories: {{tmpl(categories) "#categoryTemplate"}} {{else}} Uncategorized {{/if}} </script> <script id="categoryTemplate" type="text/x-jQuery-tmpl"> <i>${$data}</i> &nbsp; </script>   Using the {{each}} tag or {{tmpl}} tag is largely a matter of personal preference. Wrapped Templates The {{wrap}} template tag enables you to take a chunk of HTML and transform the HTML into another chunk of HTML (think easy XSLT). When you use the {{wrap}} tag, you work with two templates. The first template contains the HTML being transformed and the second template includes the filter expressions for transforming the HTML. For example, you can use the {{wrap}} template tag to transform a chunk of HTML into an interactive tab strip: When you click any of the tabs, you see the corresponding content. This tab strip was created with the following page: <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> <head> <title>Wrapped Templates</title> <style type="text/css"> body { font-family: Arial; background-color:black; } .tabs div { display:inline-block; border-bottom: 1px solid black; padding:4px; background-color:gray; cursor:pointer; } .tabs div.tabState_true { background-color:white; border-bottom:1px solid white; } .tabBody { border-top:1px solid white; padding:10px; background-color:white; min-height:400px; width:400px; } </style> </head> <body> <div id="tabsView"></div> <script id="tabsContent" type="text/x-jquery-tmpl"> {{wrap "#tabsWrap"}} <h3>Tab 1</h3> <div> Content of tab 1. Lorem ipsum dolor <b>sit</b> amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Maecenas porttitor congue massa. Fusce posuere, magna sed pulvinar ultricies, purus lectus malesuada libero, sit amet commodo magna eros quis urna. </div> <h3>Tab 2</h3> <div> Content of tab 2. Lorem ipsum dolor <b>sit</b> amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Maecenas porttitor congue massa. Fusce posuere, magna sed pulvinar ultricies, purus lectus malesuada libero, sit amet commodo magna eros quis urna. </div> <h3>Tab 3</h3> <div> Content of tab 3. Lorem ipsum dolor <b>sit</b> amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Maecenas porttitor congue massa. Fusce posuere, magna sed pulvinar ultricies, purus lectus malesuada libero, sit amet commodo magna eros quis urna. </div> {{/wrap}} </script> <script id="tabsWrap" type="text/x-jquery-tmpl"> <div class="tabs"> {{each $item.html("h3", true)}} <div class="tabState_${$index === selectedTabIndex}"> ${$value} </div> {{/each}} </div> <div class="tabBody"> {{html $item.html("div")[selectedTabIndex]}} </div> </script> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jQuery/jquery-1.4.4.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jquery.templates/beta1/jquery.tmpl.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript"> // Global for tracking selected tab var selectedTabIndex = 0; // Render the tab strip $("#tabsContent").tmpl().appendTo("#tabsView"); // When a tab is clicked, update the tab strip $("#tabsView") .delegate(".tabState_false", "click", function () { var templateItem = $.tmplItem(this); selectedTabIndex = $(this).index(); templateItem.update(); }); </script> </body> </html>   The “source” for the tab strip is contained in the following template: <script id="tabsContent" type="text/x-jquery-tmpl"> {{wrap "#tabsWrap"}} <h3>Tab 1</h3> <div> Content of tab 1. Lorem ipsum dolor <b>sit</b> amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Maecenas porttitor congue massa. Fusce posuere, magna sed pulvinar ultricies, purus lectus malesuada libero, sit amet commodo magna eros quis urna. </div> <h3>Tab 2</h3> <div> Content of tab 2. Lorem ipsum dolor <b>sit</b> amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Maecenas porttitor congue massa. Fusce posuere, magna sed pulvinar ultricies, purus lectus malesuada libero, sit amet commodo magna eros quis urna. </div> <h3>Tab 3</h3> <div> Content of tab 3. Lorem ipsum dolor <b>sit</b> amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Maecenas porttitor congue massa. Fusce posuere, magna sed pulvinar ultricies, purus lectus malesuada libero, sit amet commodo magna eros quis urna. </div> {{/wrap}} </script>   The tab strip is created with a list of H3 elements (which represent each tab) and DIV elements (which represent the body of each tab). Notice that the HTML content is wrapped in the {{wrap}} template tag. This template tag points at the following tabsWrap template: <script id="tabsWrap" type="text/x-jquery-tmpl"> <div class="tabs"> {{each $item.html("h3", true)}} <div class="tabState_${$index === selectedTabIndex}"> ${$value} </div> {{/each}} </div> <div class="tabBody"> {{html $item.html("div")[selectedTabIndex]}} </div> </script> The tabs DIV contains all of the tabs. The {{each}} template tag is used to loop through each of the H3 elements from the source template and render a DIV tag that represents a particular tab. The template item html() method is used to filter content from the “source” HTML template. The html() method accepts a jQuery selector for its first parameter. The tabs are retrieved from the source template by using an h3 filter. The second parameter passed to the html() method – the textOnly parameter -- causes the filter to return the inner text of each h3 element. You can learn more about the html() method at the jQuery website (see the section on $item.html()). The tabBody DIV renders the body of the selected tab. Notice that the {{html}} template tag is used to display the tab body so that HTML content in the body won’t be HTML encoded. The html() method is used, once again, to grab all of the DIV elements from the source HTML template. The selectedTabIndex global variable is used to display the contents of the selected tab. Remote Templates A common feature request for jQuery templates is support for remote templates. Developers want to be able to separate templates into different files. Adding support for remote templates requires only a few lines of extra code (Dave Ward has a nice blog entry on this). For example, the following page uses a remote template from a file named BookTemplate.htm: <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> <head> <title>Remote Templates</title> <link href="0_Site.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" /> </head> <body> <div id="pageContent"> <h1>ASP.NET Bookstore</h1> <div id="bookContainer"></div> </div> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jQuery/jquery-1.4.4.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jquery.templates/beta1/jquery.tmpl.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript"> // Create an array of books var books = [ { title: "ASP.NET 4 Unleashed", price: 37.79, picture: "AspNet4Unleashed.jpg" }, { title: "ASP.NET MVC Unleashed", price: 44.99, picture: "AspNetMvcUnleashed.jpg" }, { title: "ASP.NET Kick Start", price: 4.00, picture: "AspNetKickStart.jpg" }, { title: "ASP.NET MVC Unleashed iPhone", price: 44.99, picture: "AspNetMvcUnleashedIPhone.jpg" }, ]; // Get the remote template $.get("BookTemplate.htm", null, function (bookTemplate) { // Render the books using the remote template $.tmpl(bookTemplate, books).appendTo("#bookContainer"); }); function formatPrice(price) { return "$" + price.toFixed(2); } </script> </body> </html>   The remote template is retrieved (and rendered) with the following code: // Get the remote template $.get("BookTemplate.htm", null, function (bookTemplate) { // Render the books using the remote template $.tmpl(bookTemplate, books).appendTo("#bookContainer"); });   This code uses the standard jQuery $.get() method to get the BookTemplate.htm file from the server with an Ajax request. After the BookTemplate.htm file is successfully retrieved, the $.tmpl() method is used to render an array of books with the template. Here’s what the BookTemplate.htm file looks like: <div> <img src="BookPictures/${picture}" alt="" /> <h2>${title}</h2> price: ${formatPrice(price)} </div> Notice that the template in the BooksTemplate.htm file is not wrapped by a SCRIPT element. There is no need to wrap the template in this case because there is no possibility that the template will get interpreted before you want it to be interpreted. If you plan to use the bookTemplate multiple times – for example, you are paging or sorting the books -- then you should compile the template into a function and cache the compiled template function. For example, the following page can be used to page through a list of 100 products (using iPhone style More paging). <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> <head> <title>Template Caching</title> <link href="6_Site.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" /> </head> <body> <h1>Products</h1> <div id="productContainer"></div> <button id="more">More</button> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jQuery/jquery-1.4.4.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jquery.templates/beta1/jquery.tmpl.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript"> // Globals var pageIndex = 0; // Create an array of products var products = []; for (var i = 0; i < 100; i++) { products.push({ name: "Product " + (i + 1) }); } // Get the remote template $.get("ProductTemplate.htm", null, function (productTemplate) { // Compile and cache the template $.template("productTemplate", productTemplate); // Render the products renderProducts(0); }); $("#more").click(function () { pageIndex++; renderProducts(); }); function renderProducts() { // Get page of products var pageOfProducts = products.slice(pageIndex * 5, pageIndex * 5 + 5); // Used cached productTemplate to render products $.tmpl("productTemplate", pageOfProducts).appendTo("#productContainer"); } function formatPrice(price) { return "$" + price.toFixed(2); } </script> </body> </html>   The ProductTemplate is retrieved from an external file named ProductTemplate.htm. This template is retrieved only once. Furthermore, it is compiled and cached with the help of the $.template() method: // Get the remote template $.get("ProductTemplate.htm", null, function (productTemplate) { // Compile and cache the template $.template("productTemplate", productTemplate); // Render the products renderProducts(0); });   The $.template() method compiles the HTML representation of the template into a JavaScript function and caches the template function with the name productTemplate. The cached template can be used by calling the $.tmp() method. The productTemplate is used in the renderProducts() method: function renderProducts() { // Get page of products var pageOfProducts = products.slice(pageIndex * 5, pageIndex * 5 + 5); // Used cached productTemplate to render products $.tmpl("productTemplate", pageOfProducts).appendTo("#productContainer"); } In the code above, the first parameter passed to the $.tmpl() method is the name of a cached template. Working with Template Items In this final section, I want to devote some space to discussing Template Items. A new Template Item is created for each rendered instance of a template. For example, if you are displaying a list of 100 products with a template, then 100 Template Items are created. A Template Item has the following properties and methods: data – The data associated with the Template Instance. For example, a product. tmpl – The template associated with the Template Instance. parent – The parent template item if the template is nested. nodes – The HTML content of the template. calls – Used by {{wrap}} template tag. nest – Used by {{tmpl}} template tag. wrap – Used to imperatively enable wrapped templates. html – Used to filter content from a wrapped template. See the above section on wrapped templates. update – Used to re-render a template item. The last method – the update() method -- is especially interesting because it enables you to re-render a template item with new data or even a new template. For example, the following page displays a list of books. When you hover your mouse over any of the books, additional book details are displayed. In the following screenshot, details for ASP.NET Kick Start are displayed. <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> <head> <title>Template Item</title> <link href="0_Site.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" /> </head> <body> <div id="pageContent"> <h1>ASP.NET Bookstore</h1> <div id="bookContainer"></div> </div> <script id="bookTemplate" type="text/x-jQuery-tmpl"> <div class="bookItem"> <img src="BookPictures/${picture}" alt="" /> <h2>${title}</h2> price: ${formatPrice(price)} </div> </script> <script id="bookDetailsTemplate" type="text/x-jQuery-tmpl"> <div class="bookItem"> <img src="BookPictures/${picture}" alt="" /> <h2>${title}</h2> price: ${formatPrice(price)} <p> ${description} </p> </div> </script> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jQuery/jquery-1.4.4.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.aspnetcdn.com/ajax/jquery.templates/beta1/jquery.tmpl.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript"> // Create an array of books var books = [ { title: "ASP.NET 4 Unleashed", price: 37.79, picture: "AspNet4Unleashed.jpg", description: "The most comprehensive book on Microsoft’s new ASP.NET 4.. " }, { title: "ASP.NET MVC Unleashed", price: 44.99, picture: "AspNetMvcUnleashed.jpg", description: "Writing for professional programmers, Walther explains the crucial concepts that make the Model-View-Controller (MVC) development paradigm work…" }, { title: "ASP.NET Kick Start", price: 4.00, picture: "AspNetKickStart.jpg", description: "Visual Studio .NET is the premier development environment for creating .NET applications…." }, { title: "ASP.NET MVC Unleashed iPhone", price: 44.99, picture: "AspNetMvcUnleashedIPhone.jpg", description: "ASP.NET MVC Unleashed for the iPhone…" }, ]; // Render the books using the template $("#bookTemplate").tmpl(books).appendTo("#bookContainer"); // Get compiled details template var bookDetailsTemplate = $("#bookDetailsTemplate").template(); // Add hover handler $(".bookItem").mouseenter(function () { // Get template item associated with DIV var templateItem = $(this).tmplItem(); // Change template to compiled template templateItem.tmpl = bookDetailsTemplate; // Re-render template templateItem.update(); }); function formatPrice(price) { return "$" + price.toFixed(2); } </script> </body> </html>   There are two templates used to display a book: bookTemplate and bookDetailsTemplate. When you hover your mouse over a template item, the standard bookTemplate is swapped out for the bookDetailsTemplate. The bookDetailsTemplate displays a book description. The books are rendered with the bookTemplate with the following line of code: // Render the books using the template $("#bookTemplate").tmpl(books).appendTo("#bookContainer");   The following code is used to swap the bookTemplate and the bookDetailsTemplate to show details for a book: // Get compiled details template var bookDetailsTemplate = $("#bookDetailsTemplate").template(); // Add hover handler $(".bookItem").mouseenter(function () { // Get template item associated with DIV var templateItem = $(this).tmplItem(); // Change template to compiled template templateItem.tmpl = bookDetailsTemplate; // Re-render template templateItem.update(); });   When you hover your mouse over a DIV element rendered by the bookTemplate, the mouseenter handler executes. First, this handler retrieves the Template Item associated with the DIV element by calling the tmplItem() method. The tmplItem() method returns a Template Item. Next, a new template is assigned to the Template Item. Notice that a compiled version of the bookDetailsTemplate is assigned to the Template Item’s tmpl property. The template is compiled earlier in the code by calling the template() method. Finally, the Template Item update() method is called to re-render the Template Item with the bookDetailsTemplate instead of the original bookTemplate. Summary This is a long blog entry and I still have not managed to cover all of the features of jQuery Templates J However, I’ve tried to cover the most important features of jQuery Templates such as template composition, template wrapping, and template items. To learn more about jQuery Templates, I recommend that you look at the documentation for jQuery Templates at the official jQuery website. Another great way to learn more about jQuery Templates is to look at the (unminified) source code.

    Read the article

  • An Introduction to ASP.NET Web API

    - by Rick Strahl
    Microsoft recently released ASP.NET MVC 4.0 and .NET 4.5 and along with it, the brand spanking new ASP.NET Web API. Web API is an exciting new addition to the ASP.NET stack that provides a new, well-designed HTTP framework for creating REST and AJAX APIs (API is Microsoft’s new jargon for a service, in case you’re wondering). Although Web API ships and installs with ASP.NET MVC 4, you can use Web API functionality in any ASP.NET project, including WebForms, WebPages and MVC or just a Web API by itself. And you can also self-host Web API in your own applications from Console, Desktop or Service applications. If you're interested in a high level overview on what ASP.NET Web API is and how it fits into the ASP.NET stack you can check out my previous post: Where does ASP.NET Web API fit? In the following article, I'll focus on a practical, by example introduction to ASP.NET Web API. All the code discussed in this article is available in GitHub: https://github.com/RickStrahl/AspNetWebApiArticle [republished from my Code Magazine Article and updated for RTM release of ASP.NET Web API] Getting Started To start I’ll create a new empty ASP.NET application to demonstrate that Web API can work with any kind of ASP.NET project. Although you can create a new project based on the ASP.NET MVC/Web API template to quickly get up and running, I’ll take you through the manual setup process, because one common use case is to add Web API functionality to an existing ASP.NET application. This process describes the steps needed to hook up Web API to any ASP.NET 4.0 application. Start by creating an ASP.NET Empty Project. Then create a new folder in the project called Controllers. Add a Web API Controller Class Once you have any kind of ASP.NET project open, you can add a Web API Controller class to it. Web API Controllers are very similar to MVC Controller classes, but they work in any kind of project. Add a new item to this folder by using the Add New Item option in Visual Studio and choose Web API Controller Class, as shown in Figure 1. Figure 1: This is how you create a new Controller Class in Visual Studio   Make sure that the name of the controller class includes Controller at the end of it, which is required in order for Web API routing to find it. Here, the name for the class is AlbumApiController. For this example, I’ll use a Music Album model to demonstrate basic behavior of Web API. The model consists of albums and related songs where an album has properties like Name, Artist and YearReleased and a list of songs with a SongName and SongLength as well as an AlbumId that links it to the album. You can find the code for the model (and the rest of these samples) on Github. To add the file manually, create a new folder called Model, and add a new class Album.cs and copy the code into it. There’s a static AlbumData class with a static CreateSampleAlbumData() method that creates a short list of albums on a static .Current that I’ll use for the examples. Before we look at what goes into the controller class though, let’s hook up routing so we can access this new controller. Hooking up Routing in Global.asax To start, I need to perform the one required configuration task in order for Web API to work: I need to configure routing to the controller. Like MVC, Web API uses routing to provide clean, extension-less URLs to controller methods. Using an extension method to ASP.NET’s static RouteTable class, you can use the MapHttpRoute() (in the System.Web.Http namespace) method to hook-up the routing during Application_Start in global.asax.cs shown in Listing 1.using System; using System.Web.Routing; using System.Web.Http; namespace AspNetWebApi { public class Global : System.Web.HttpApplication { protected void Application_Start(object sender, EventArgs e) { RouteTable.Routes.MapHttpRoute( name: "AlbumVerbs", routeTemplate: "albums/{title}", defaults: new { symbol = RouteParameter.Optional, controller="AlbumApi" } ); } } } This route configures Web API to direct URLs that start with an albums folder to the AlbumApiController class. Routing in ASP.NET is used to create extensionless URLs and allows you to map segments of the URL to specific Route Value parameters. A route parameter, with a name inside curly brackets like {name}, is mapped to parameters on the controller methods. Route parameters can be optional, and there are two special route parameters – controller and action – that determine the controller to call and the method to activate respectively. HTTP Verb Routing Routing in Web API can route requests by HTTP Verb in addition to standard {controller},{action} routing. For the first examples, I use HTTP Verb routing, as shown Listing 1. Notice that the route I’ve defined does not include an {action} route value or action value in the defaults. Rather, Web API can use the HTTP Verb in this route to determine the method to call the controller, and a GET request maps to any method that starts with Get. So methods called Get() or GetAlbums() are matched by a GET request and a POST request maps to a Post() or PostAlbum(). Web API matches a method by name and parameter signature to match a route, query string or POST values. In lieu of the method name, the [HttpGet,HttpPost,HttpPut,HttpDelete, etc] attributes can also be used to designate the accepted verbs explicitly if you don’t want to follow the verb naming conventions. Although HTTP Verb routing is a good practice for REST style resource APIs, it’s not required and you can still use more traditional routes with an explicit {action} route parameter. When {action} is supplied, the HTTP verb routing is ignored. I’ll talk more about alternate routes later. When you’re finished with initial creation of files, your project should look like Figure 2.   Figure 2: The initial project has the new API Controller Album model   Creating a small Album Model Now it’s time to create some controller methods to serve data. For these examples, I’ll use a very simple Album and Songs model to play with, as shown in Listing 2. public class Song { public string AlbumId { get; set; } [Required, StringLength(80)] public string SongName { get; set; } [StringLength(5)] public string SongLength { get; set; } } public class Album { public string Id { get; set; } [Required, StringLength(80)] public string AlbumName { get; set; } [StringLength(80)] public string Artist { get; set; } public int YearReleased { get; set; } public DateTime Entered { get; set; } [StringLength(150)] public string AlbumImageUrl { get; set; } [StringLength(200)] public string AmazonUrl { get; set; } public virtual List<Song> Songs { get; set; } public Album() { Songs = new List<Song>(); Entered = DateTime.Now; // Poor man's unique Id off GUID hash Id = Guid.NewGuid().GetHashCode().ToString("x"); } public void AddSong(string songName, string songLength = null) { this.Songs.Add(new Song() { AlbumId = this.Id, SongName = songName, SongLength = songLength }); } } Once the model has been created, I also added an AlbumData class that generates some static data in memory that is loaded onto a static .Current member. The signature of this class looks like this and that's what I'll access to retrieve the base data:public static class AlbumData { // sample data - static list public static List<Album> Current = CreateSampleAlbumData(); /// <summary> /// Create some sample data /// </summary> /// <returns></returns> public static List<Album> CreateSampleAlbumData() { … }} You can check out the full code for the data generation online. Creating an AlbumApiController Web API shares many concepts of ASP.NET MVC, and the implementation of your API logic is done by implementing a subclass of the System.Web.Http.ApiController class. Each public method in the implemented controller is a potential endpoint for the HTTP API, as long as a matching route can be found to invoke it. The class name you create should end in Controller, which is how Web API matches the controller route value to figure out which class to invoke. Inside the controller you can implement methods that take standard .NET input parameters and return .NET values as results. Web API’s binding tries to match POST data, route values, form values or query string values to your parameters. Because the controller is configured for HTTP Verb based routing (no {action} parameter in the route), any methods that start with Getxxxx() are called by an HTTP GET operation. You can have multiple methods that match each HTTP Verb as long as the parameter signatures are different and can be matched by Web API. In Listing 3, I create an AlbumApiController with two methods to retrieve a list of albums and a single album by its title .public class AlbumApiController : ApiController { public IEnumerable<Album> GetAlbums() { var albums = AlbumData.Current.OrderBy(alb => alb.Artist); return albums; } public Album GetAlbum(string title) { var album = AlbumData.Current .SingleOrDefault(alb => alb.AlbumName.Contains(title)); return album; }} To access the first two requests, you can use the following URLs in your browser: http://localhost/aspnetWebApi/albumshttp://localhost/aspnetWebApi/albums/Dirty%20Deeds Note that you’re not specifying the actions of GetAlbum or GetAlbums in these URLs. Instead Web API’s routing uses HTTP GET verb to route to these methods that start with Getxxx() with the first mapping to the parameterless GetAlbums() method and the latter to the GetAlbum(title) method that receives the title parameter mapped as optional in the route. Content Negotiation When you access any of the URLs above from a browser, you get either an XML or JSON result returned back. The album list result for Chrome 17 and Internet Explorer 9 is shown Figure 3. Figure 3: Web API responses can vary depending on the browser used, demonstrating Content Negotiation in action as these two browsers send different HTTP Accept headers.   Notice that the results are not the same: Chrome returns an XML response and IE9 returns a JSON response. Whoa, what’s going on here? Shouldn’t we see the same result in both browsers? Actually, no. Web API determines what type of content to return based on Accept headers. HTTP clients, like browsers, use Accept headers to specify what kind of content they’d like to see returned. Browsers generally ask for HTML first, followed by a few additional content types. Chrome (and most other major browsers) ask for: Accept: text/html, application/xhtml+xml,application/xml; q=0.9,*/*;q=0.8 IE9 asks for: Accept: text/html, application/xhtml+xml, */* Note that Chrome’s Accept header includes application/xml, which Web API finds in its list of supported media types and returns an XML response. IE9 does not include an Accept header type that works on Web API by default, and so it returns the default format, which is JSON. This is an important and very useful feature that was missing from any previous Microsoft REST tools: Web API automatically switches output formats based on HTTP Accept headers. Nowhere in the server code above do you have to explicitly specify the output format. Rather, Web API determines what format the client is requesting based on the Accept headers and automatically returns the result based on the available formatters. This means that a single method can handle both XML and JSON results.. Using this simple approach makes it very easy to create a single controller method that can return JSON, XML, ATOM or even OData feeds by providing the appropriate Accept header from the client. By default you don’t have to worry about the output format in your code. Note that you can still specify an explicit output format if you choose, either globally by overriding the installed formatters, or individually by returning a lower level HttpResponseMessage instance and setting the formatter explicitly. More on that in a minute. Along the same lines, any content sent to the server via POST/PUT is parsed by Web API based on the HTTP Content-type of the data sent. The same formats allowed for output are also allowed on input. Again, you don’t have to do anything in your code – Web API automatically performs the deserialization from the content. Accessing Web API JSON Data with jQuery A very common scenario for Web API endpoints is to retrieve data for AJAX calls from the Web browser. Because JSON is the default format for Web API, it’s easy to access data from the server using jQuery and its getJSON() method. This example receives the albums array from GetAlbums() and databinds it into the page using knockout.js.$.getJSON("albums/", function (albums) { // make knockout template visible $(".album").show(); // create view object and attach array var view = { albums: albums }; ko.applyBindings(view); }); Figure 4 shows this and the next example’s HTML output. You can check out the complete HTML and script code at http://goo.gl/Ix33C (.html) and http://goo.gl/tETlg (.js). Figu Figure 4: The Album Display sample uses JSON data loaded from Web API.   The result from the getJSON() call is a JavaScript object of the server result, which comes back as a JavaScript array. In the code, I use knockout.js to bind this array into the UI, which as you can see, requires very little code, instead using knockout’s data-bind attributes to bind server data to the UI. Of course, this is just one way to use the data – it’s entirely up to you to decide what to do with the data in your client code. Along the same lines, I can retrieve a single album to display when the user clicks on an album. The response returns the album information and a child array with all the songs. The code to do this is very similar to the last example where we pulled the albums array:$(".albumlink").live("click", function () { var id = $(this).data("id"); // title $.getJSON("albums/" + id, function (album) { ko.applyBindings(album, $("#divAlbumDialog")[0]); $("#divAlbumDialog").show(); }); }); Here the URL looks like this: /albums/Dirty%20Deeds, where the title is the ID captured from the clicked element’s data ID attribute. Explicitly Overriding Output Format When Web API automatically converts output using content negotiation, it does so by matching Accept header media types to the GlobalConfiguration.Configuration.Formatters and the SupportedMediaTypes of each individual formatter. You can add and remove formatters to globally affect what formats are available and it’s easy to create and plug in custom formatters.The example project includes a JSONP formatter that can be plugged in to provide JSONP support for requests that have a callback= querystring parameter. Adding, removing or replacing formatters is a global option you can use to manipulate content. It’s beyond the scope of this introduction to show how it works, but you can review the sample code or check out my blog entry on the subject (http://goo.gl/UAzaR). If automatic processing is not desirable in a particular Controller method, you can override the response output explicitly by returning an HttpResponseMessage instance. HttpResponseMessage is similar to ActionResult in ASP.NET MVC in that it’s a common way to return an abstract result message that contains content. HttpResponseMessage s parsed by the Web API framework using standard interfaces to retrieve the response data, status code, headers and so on[MS2] . Web API turns every response – including those Controller methods that return static results – into HttpResponseMessage instances. Explicitly returning an HttpResponseMessage instance gives you full control over the output and lets you mostly bypass WebAPI’s post-processing of the HTTP response on your behalf. HttpResponseMessage allows you to customize the response in great detail. Web API’s attention to detail in the HTTP spec really shows; many HTTP options are exposed as properties and enumerations with detailed IntelliSense comments. Even if you’re new to building REST-based interfaces, the API guides you in the right direction for returning valid responses and response codes. For example, assume that I always want to return JSON from the GetAlbums() controller method and ignore the default media type content negotiation. To do this, I can adjust the output format and headers as shown in Listing 4.public HttpResponseMessage GetAlbums() { var albums = AlbumData.Current.OrderBy(alb => alb.Artist); // Create a new HttpResponse with Json Formatter explicitly var resp = new HttpResponseMessage(HttpStatusCode.OK); resp.Content = new ObjectContent<IEnumerable<Album>>( albums, new JsonMediaTypeFormatter()); // Get Default Formatter based on Content Negotiation //var resp = Request.CreateResponse<IEnumerable<Album>>(HttpStatusCode.OK, albums); resp.Headers.ConnectionClose = true; resp.Headers.CacheControl = new CacheControlHeaderValue(); resp.Headers.CacheControl.Public = true; return resp; } This example returns the same IEnumerable<Album> value, but it wraps the response into an HttpResponseMessage so you can control the entire HTTP message result including the headers, formatter and status code. In Listing 4, I explicitly specify the formatter using the JsonMediaTypeFormatter to always force the content to JSON.  If you prefer to use the default content negotiation with HttpResponseMessage results, you can create the Response instance using the Request.CreateResponse method:var resp = Request.CreateResponse<IEnumerable<Album>>(HttpStatusCode.OK, albums); This provides you an HttpResponse object that's pre-configured with the default formatter based on Content Negotiation. Once you have an HttpResponse object you can easily control most HTTP aspects on this object. What's sweet here is that there are many more detailed properties on HttpResponse than the core ASP.NET Response object, with most options being explicitly configurable with enumerations that make it easy to pick the right headers and response codes from a list of valid codes. It makes HTTP features available much more discoverable even for non-hardcore REST/HTTP geeks. Non-Serialized Results The output returned doesn’t have to be a serialized value but can also be raw data, like strings, binary data or streams. You can use the HttpResponseMessage.Content object to set a number of common Content classes. Listing 5 shows how to return a binary image using the ByteArrayContent class from a Controller method. [HttpGet] public HttpResponseMessage AlbumArt(string title) { var album = AlbumData.Current.FirstOrDefault(abl => abl.AlbumName.StartsWith(title)); if (album == null) { var resp = Request.CreateResponse<ApiMessageError>( HttpStatusCode.NotFound, new ApiMessageError("Album not found")); return resp; } // kinda silly - we would normally serve this directly // but hey - it's a demo. var http = new WebClient(); var imageData = http.DownloadData(album.AlbumImageUrl); // create response and return var result = new HttpResponseMessage(HttpStatusCode.OK); result.Content = new ByteArrayContent(imageData); result.Content.Headers.ContentType = new MediaTypeHeaderValue("image/jpeg"); return result; } The image retrieval from Amazon is contrived, but it shows how to return binary data using ByteArrayContent. It also demonstrates that you can easily return multiple types of content from a single controller method, which is actually quite common. If an error occurs - such as a resource can’t be found or a validation error – you can return an error response to the client that’s very specific to the error. In GetAlbumArt(), if the album can’t be found, we want to return a 404 Not Found status (and realistically no error, as it’s an image). Note that if you are not using HTTP Verb-based routing or not accessing a method that starts with Get/Post etc., you have to specify one or more HTTP Verb attributes on the method explicitly. Here, I used the [HttpGet] attribute to serve the image. Another option to handle the error could be to return a fixed placeholder image if no album could be matched or the album doesn’t have an image. When returning an error code, you can also return a strongly typed response to the client. For example, you can set the 404 status code and also return a custom error object (ApiMessageError is a class I defined) like this:return Request.CreateResponse<ApiMessageError>( HttpStatusCode.NotFound, new ApiMessageError("Album not found") );   If the album can be found, the image will be returned. The image is downloaded into a byte[] array, and then assigned to the result’s Content property. I created a new ByteArrayContent instance and assigned the image’s bytes and the content type so that it displays properly in the browser. There are other content classes available: StringContent, StreamContent, ByteArrayContent, MultipartContent, and ObjectContent are at your disposal to return just about any kind of content. You can create your own Content classes if you frequently return custom types and handle the default formatter assignments that should be used to send the data out . Although HttpResponseMessage results require more code than returning a plain .NET value from a method, it allows much more control over the actual HTTP processing than automatic processing. It also makes it much easier to test your controller methods as you get a response object that you can check for specific status codes and output messages rather than just a result value. Routing Again Ok, let’s get back to the image example. Using the original routing we have setup using HTTP Verb routing there's no good way to serve the image. In order to return my album art image I’d like to use a URL like this: http://localhost/aspnetWebApi/albums/Dirty%20Deeds/image In order to create a URL like this, I have to create a new Controller because my earlier routes pointed to the AlbumApiController using HTTP Verb routing. HTTP Verb based routing is great for representing a single set of resources such as albums. You can map operations like add, delete, update and read easily using HTTP Verbs. But you cannot mix action based routing into a an HTTP Verb routing controller - you can only map HTTP Verbs and each method has to be unique based on parameter signature. You can't have multiple GET operations to methods with the same signature. So GetImage(string id) and GetAlbum(string title) are in conflict in an HTTP GET routing scenario. In fact, I was unable to make the above Image URL work with any combination of HTTP Verb plus Custom routing using the single Albums controller. There are number of ways around this, but all involve additional controllers.  Personally, I think it’s easier to use explicit Action routing and then add custom routes if you need to simplify your URLs further. So in order to accommodate some of the other examples, I created another controller – AlbumRpcApiController – to handle all requests that are explicitly routed via actions (/albums/rpc/AlbumArt) or are custom routed with explicit routes defined in the HttpConfiguration. I added the AlbumArt() method to this new AlbumRpcApiController class. For the image URL to work with the new AlbumRpcApiController, you need a custom route placed before the default route from Listing 1.RouteTable.Routes.MapHttpRoute( name: "AlbumRpcApiAction", routeTemplate: "albums/rpc/{action}/{title}", defaults: new { title = RouteParameter.Optional, controller = "AlbumRpcApi", action = "GetAblums" } ); Now I can use either of the following URLs to access the image: Custom route: (/albums/rpc/{title}/image)http://localhost/aspnetWebApi/albums/PowerAge/image Action route: (/albums/rpc/action/{title})http://localhost/aspnetWebAPI/albums/rpc/albumart/PowerAge Sending Data to the Server To send data to the server and add a new album, you can use an HTTP POST operation. Since I’m using HTTP Verb-based routing in the original AlbumApiController, I can implement a method called PostAlbum()to accept a new album from the client. Listing 6 shows the Web API code to add a new album.public HttpResponseMessage PostAlbum(Album album) { if (!this.ModelState.IsValid) { // my custom error class var error = new ApiMessageError() { message = "Model is invalid" }; // add errors into our client error model for client foreach (var prop in ModelState.Values) { var modelError = prop.Errors.FirstOrDefault(); if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(modelError.ErrorMessage)) error.errors.Add(modelError.ErrorMessage); else error.errors.Add(modelError.Exception.Message); } return Request.CreateResponse<ApiMessageError>(HttpStatusCode.Conflict, error); } // update song id which isn't provided foreach (var song in album.Songs) song.AlbumId = album.Id; // see if album exists already var matchedAlbum = AlbumData.Current .SingleOrDefault(alb => alb.Id == album.Id || alb.AlbumName == album.AlbumName); if (matchedAlbum == null) AlbumData.Current.Add(album); else matchedAlbum = album; // return a string to show that the value got here var resp = Request.CreateResponse(HttpStatusCode.OK, string.Empty); resp.Content = new StringContent(album.AlbumName + " " + album.Entered.ToString(), Encoding.UTF8, "text/plain"); return resp; } The PostAlbum() method receives an album parameter, which is automatically deserialized from the POST buffer the client sent. The data passed from the client can be either XML or JSON. Web API automatically figures out what format it needs to deserialize based on the content type and binds the content to the album object. Web API uses model binding to bind the request content to the parameter(s) of controller methods. Like MVC you can check the model by looking at ModelState.IsValid. If it’s not valid, you can run through the ModelState.Values collection and check each binding for errors. Here I collect the error messages into a string array that gets passed back to the client via the result ApiErrorMessage object. When a binding error occurs, you’ll want to return an HTTP error response and it’s best to do that with an HttpResponseMessage result. In Listing 6, I used a custom error class that holds a message and an array of detailed error messages for each binding error. I used this object as the content to return to the client along with my Conflict HTTP Status Code response. If binding succeeds, the example returns a string with the name and date entered to demonstrate that you captured the data. Normally, a method like this should return a Boolean or no response at all (HttpStatusCode.NoConent). The sample uses a simple static list to hold albums, so once you’ve added the album using the Post operation, you can hit the /albums/ URL to see that the new album was added. The client jQuery code to call the POST operation from the client with jQuery is shown in Listing 7. var id = new Date().getTime().toString(); var album = { "Id": id, "AlbumName": "Power Age", "Artist": "AC/DC", "YearReleased": 1977, "Entered": "2002-03-11T18:24:43.5580794-10:00", "AlbumImageUrl": http://ecx.images-amazon.com/images/…, "AmazonUrl": http://www.amazon.com/…, "Songs": [ { "SongName": "Rock 'n Roll Damnation", "SongLength": 3.12}, { "SongName": "Downpayment Blues", "SongLength": 4.22 }, { "SongName": "Riff Raff", "SongLength": 2.42 } ] } $.ajax( { url: "albums/", type: "POST", contentType: "application/json", data: JSON.stringify(album), processData: false, beforeSend: function (xhr) { // not required since JSON is default output xhr.setRequestHeader("Accept", "application/json"); }, success: function (result) { // reload list of albums page.loadAlbums(); }, error: function (xhr, status, p3, p4) { var err = "Error"; if (xhr.responseText && xhr.responseText[0] == "{") err = JSON.parse(xhr.responseText).message; alert(err); } }); The code in Listing 7 creates an album object in JavaScript to match the structure of the .NET Album class. This object is passed to the $.ajax() function to send to the server as POST. The data is turned into JSON and the content type set to application/json so that the server knows what to convert when deserializing in the Album instance. The jQuery code hooks up success and failure events. Success returns the result data, which is a string that’s echoed back with an alert box. If an error occurs, jQuery returns the XHR instance and status code. You can check the XHR to see if a JSON object is embedded and if it is, you can extract it by de-serializing it and accessing the .message property. REST standards suggest that updates to existing resources should use PUT operations. REST standards aside, I’m not a big fan of separating out inserts and updates so I tend to have a single method that handles both. But if you want to follow REST suggestions, you can create a PUT method that handles updates by forwarding the PUT operation to the POST method:public HttpResponseMessage PutAlbum(Album album) { return PostAlbum(album); } To make the corresponding $.ajax() call, all you have to change from Listing 7 is the type: from POST to PUT. Model Binding with UrlEncoded POST Variables In the example in Listing 7 I used JSON objects to post a serialized object to a server method that accepted an strongly typed object with the same structure, which is a common way to send data to the server. However, Web API supports a number of different ways that data can be received by server methods. For example, another common way is to use plain UrlEncoded POST  values to send to the server. Web API supports Model Binding that works similar (but not the same) as MVC's model binding where POST variables are mapped to properties of object parameters of the target method. This is actually quite common for AJAX calls that want to avoid serialization and the potential requirement of a JSON parser on older browsers. For example, using jQUery you might use the $.post() method to send a new album to the server (albeit one without songs) using code like the following:$.post("albums/",{AlbumName: "Dirty Deeds", YearReleased: 1976 … },albumPostCallback); Although the code looks very similar to the client code we used before passing JSON, here the data passed is URL encoded values (AlbumName=Dirty+Deeds&YearReleased=1976 etc.). Web API then takes this POST data and maps each of the POST values to the properties of the Album object in the method's parameter. Although the client code is different the server can both handle the JSON object, or the UrlEncoded POST values. Dynamic Access to POST Data There are also a few options available to dynamically access POST data, if you know what type of data you're dealing with. If you have POST UrlEncoded values, you can dynamically using a FormsDataCollection:[HttpPost] public string PostAlbum(FormDataCollection form) { return string.Format("{0} - released {1}", form.Get("AlbumName"),form.Get("RearReleased")); } The FormDataCollection is a very simple object, that essentially provides the same functionality as Request.Form[] in ASP.NET. Request.Form[] still works if you're running hosted in an ASP.NET application. However as a general rule, while ASP.NET's functionality is always available when running Web API hosted inside of an  ASP.NET application, using the built in classes specific to Web API makes it possible to run Web API applications in a self hosted environment outside of ASP.NET. If your client is sending JSON to your server, and you don't want to map the JSON to a strongly typed object because you only want to retrieve a few simple values, you can also accept a JObject parameter in your API methods:[HttpPost] public string PostAlbum(JObject jsonData) { dynamic json = jsonData; JObject jalbum = json.Album; JObject juser = json.User; string token = json.UserToken; var album = jalbum.ToObject<Album>(); var user = juser.ToObject<User>(); return String.Format("{0} {1} {2}", album.AlbumName, user.Name, token); } There quite a few options available to you to receive data with Web API, which gives you more choices for the right tool for the job. Unfortunately one shortcoming of Web API is that POST data is always mapped to a single parameter. This means you can't pass multiple POST parameters to methods that receive POST data. It's possible to accept multiple parameters, but only one can map to the POST content - the others have to come from the query string or route values. I have a couple of Blog POSTs that explain what works and what doesn't here: Passing multiple POST parameters to Web API Controller Methods Mapping UrlEncoded POST Values in ASP.NET Web API   Handling Delete Operations Finally, to round out the server API code of the album example we've been discussin, here’s the DELETE verb controller method that allows removal of an album by its title:public HttpResponseMessage DeleteAlbum(string title) { var matchedAlbum = AlbumData.Current.Where(alb => alb.AlbumName == title) .SingleOrDefault(); if (matchedAlbum == null) return new HttpResponseMessage(HttpStatusCode.NotFound); AlbumData.Current.Remove(matchedAlbum); return new HttpResponseMessage(HttpStatusCode.NoContent); } To call this action method using jQuery, you can use:$(".removeimage").live("click", function () { var $el = $(this).parent(".album"); var txt = $el.find("a").text(); $.ajax({ url: "albums/" + encodeURIComponent(txt), type: "Delete", success: function (result) { $el.fadeOut().remove(); }, error: jqError }); }   Note the use of the DELETE verb in the $.ajax() call, which routes to DeleteAlbum on the server. DELETE is a non-content operation, so you supply a resource ID (the title) via route value or the querystring. Routing Conflicts In all requests with the exception of the AlbumArt image example shown so far, I used HTTP Verb routing that I set up in Listing 1. HTTP Verb Routing is a recommendation that is in line with typical REST access to HTTP resources. However, it takes quite a bit of effort to create REST-compliant API implementations based only on HTTP Verb routing only. You saw one example that didn’t really fit – the return of an image where I created a custom route albums/{title}/image that required creation of a second controller and a custom route to work. HTTP Verb routing to a controller does not mix with custom or action routing to the same controller because of the limited mapping of HTTP verbs imposed by HTTP Verb routing. To understand some of the problems with verb routing, let’s look at another example. Let’s say you create a GetSortableAlbums() method like this and add it to the original AlbumApiController accessed via HTTP Verb routing:[HttpGet] public IQueryable<Album> SortableAlbums() { var albums = AlbumData.Current; // generally should be done only on actual queryable results (EF etc.) // Done here because we're running with a static list but otherwise might be slow return albums.AsQueryable(); } If you compile this code and try to now access the /albums/ link, you get an error: Multiple Actions were found that match the request. HTTP Verb routing only allows access to one GET operation per parameter/route value match. If more than one method exists with the same parameter signature, it doesn’t work. As I mentioned earlier for the image display, the only solution to get this method to work is to throw it into another controller. Because I already set up the AlbumRpcApiController I can add the method there. First, I should rename the method to SortableAlbums() so I’m not using a Get prefix for the method. This also makes the action parameter look cleaner in the URL - it looks less like a method and more like a noun. I can then create a new route that handles direct-action mapping:RouteTable.Routes.MapHttpRoute( name: "AlbumRpcApiAction", routeTemplate: "albums/rpc/{action}/{title}", defaults: new { title = RouteParameter.Optional, controller = "AlbumRpcApi", action = "GetAblums" } ); As I am explicitly adding a route segment – rpc – into the route template, I can now reference explicit methods in the Web API controller using URLs like this: http://localhost/AspNetWebApi/rpc/SortableAlbums Error Handling I’ve already done some minimal error handling in the examples. For example in Listing 6, I detected some known-error scenarios like model validation failing or a resource not being found and returning an appropriate HttpResponseMessage result. But what happens if your code just blows up or causes an exception? If you have a controller method, like this:[HttpGet] public void ThrowException() { throw new UnauthorizedAccessException("Unauthorized Access Sucka"); } You can call it with this: http://localhost/AspNetWebApi/albums/rpc/ThrowException The default exception handling displays a 500-status response with the serialized exception on the local computer only. When you connect from a remote computer, Web API throws back a 500  HTTP Error with no data returned (IIS then adds its HTML error page). The behavior is configurable in the GlobalConfiguration:GlobalConfiguration .Configuration .IncludeErrorDetailPolicy = IncludeErrorDetailPolicy.Never; If you want more control over your error responses sent from code, you can throw explicit error responses yourself using HttpResponseException. When you throw an HttpResponseException the response parameter is used to generate the output for the Controller action. [HttpGet] public void ThrowError() { var resp = Request.CreateResponse<ApiMessageError>( HttpStatusCode.BadRequest, new ApiMessageError("Your code stinks!")); throw new HttpResponseException(resp); } Throwing an HttpResponseException stops the processing of the controller method and immediately returns the response you passed to the exception. Unlike other Exceptions fired inside of WebAPI, HttpResponseException bypasses the Exception Filters installed and instead just outputs the response you provide. In this case, the serialized ApiMessageError result string is returned in the default serialization format – XML or JSON. You can pass any content to HttpResponseMessage, which includes creating your own exception objects and consistently returning error messages to the client. Here’s a small helper method on the controller that you might use to send exception info back to the client consistently:private void ThrowSafeException(string message, HttpStatusCode statusCode = HttpStatusCode.BadRequest) { var errResponse = Request.CreateResponse<ApiMessageError>(statusCode, new ApiMessageError() { message = message }); throw new HttpResponseException(errResponse); } You can then use it to output any captured errors from code:[HttpGet] public void ThrowErrorSafe() { try { List<string> list = null; list.Add("Rick"); } catch (Exception ex) { ThrowSafeException(ex.Message); } }   Exception Filters Another more global solution is to create an Exception Filter. Filters in Web API provide the ability to pre- and post-process controller method operations. An exception filter looks at all exceptions fired and then optionally creates an HttpResponseMessage result. Listing 8 shows an example of a basic Exception filter implementation.public class UnhandledExceptionFilter : ExceptionFilterAttribute { public override void OnException(HttpActionExecutedContext context) { HttpStatusCode status = HttpStatusCode.InternalServerError; var exType = context.Exception.GetType(); if (exType == typeof(UnauthorizedAccessException)) status = HttpStatusCode.Unauthorized; else if (exType == typeof(ArgumentException)) status = HttpStatusCode.NotFound; var apiError = new ApiMessageError() { message = context.Exception.Message }; // create a new response and attach our ApiError object // which now gets returned on ANY exception result var errorResponse = context.Request.CreateResponse<ApiMessageError>(status, apiError); context.Response = errorResponse; base.OnException(context); } } Exception Filter Attributes can be assigned to an ApiController class like this:[UnhandledExceptionFilter] public class AlbumRpcApiController : ApiController or you can globally assign it to all controllers by adding it to the HTTP Configuration's Filters collection:GlobalConfiguration.Configuration.Filters.Add(new UnhandledExceptionFilter()); The latter is a great way to get global error trapping so that all errors (short of hard IIS errors and explicit HttpResponseException errors) return a valid error response that includes error information in the form of a known-error object. Using a filter like this allows you to throw an exception as you normally would and have your filter create a response in the appropriate output format that the client expects. For example, an AJAX application can on failure expect to see a JSON error result that corresponds to the real error that occurred rather than a 500 error along with HTML error page that IIS throws up. You can even create some custom exceptions so you can differentiate your own exceptions from unhandled system exceptions - you often don't want to display error information from 'unknown' exceptions as they may contain sensitive system information or info that's not generally useful to users of your application/site. This is just one example of how ASP.NET Web API is configurable and extensible. Exception filters are just one example of how you can plug-in into the Web API request flow to modify output. Many more hooks exist and I’ll take a closer look at extensibility in Part 2 of this article in the future. Summary Web API is a big improvement over previous Microsoft REST and AJAX toolkits. The key features to its usefulness are its ease of use with simple controller based logic, familiar MVC-style routing, low configuration impact, extensibility at all levels and tight attention to exposing and making HTTP semantics easily discoverable and easy to use. Although none of the concepts used in Web API are new or radical, Web API combines the best of previous platforms into a single framework that’s highly functional, easy to work with, and extensible to boot. I think that Microsoft has hit a home run with Web API. Related Resources Where does ASP.NET Web API fit? Sample Source Code on GitHub Passing multiple POST parameters to Web API Controller Methods Mapping UrlEncoded POST Values in ASP.NET Web API Creating a JSONP Formatter for ASP.NET Web API Removing the XML Formatter from ASP.NET Web API Applications© Rick Strahl, West Wind Technologies, 2005-2012Posted in Web Api   Tweet !function(d,s,id){var js,fjs=d.getElementsByTagName(s)[0];if(!d.getElementById(id)){js=d.createElement(s);js.id=id;js.src="//platform.twitter.com/widgets.js";fjs.parentNode.insertBefore(js,fjs);}}(document,"script","twitter-wjs"); (function() { var po = document.createElement('script'); po.type = 'text/javascript'; po.async = true; po.src = 'https://apis.google.com/js/plusone.js'; var s = document.getElementsByTagName('script')[0]; s.parentNode.insertBefore(po, s); })();

    Read the article

  • Configuring Fed Authentication Methods in OIF / IdP

    - by Damien Carru
    In this article, I will provide examples on how to configure OIF/IdP to map OAM Authentication Schemes to Federation Authentication Methods, based on the concepts introduced in my previous entry. I will show examples for the three protocols supported by OIF: SAML 2.0 SSO SAML 1.1 SSO OpenID 2.0 Enjoy the reading! Configuration As I mentioned in my previous article, mapping Federation Authentication Methods to OAM Authentication Schemes is protocol dependent, since the methods are defined in the various protocols (SAML 2.0, SAML 1.1, OpenID 2.0). As such, the WLST commands to set those mappings will involve: Either the SP Partner Profile and affect all Partners referencing that profile, which do not override the Federation Authentication Method to OAM Authentication Scheme mappings Or the SP Partner entry, which will only affect the SP Partner It is important to note that if an SP Partner is configured to define one or more Federation Authentication Method to OAM Authentication Scheme mappings, then all the mappings defined in the SP Partner Profile will be ignored. WLST Commands The two OIF WLST commands that can be used to define mapping Federation Authentication Methods to OAM Authentication Schemes are: addSPPartnerProfileAuthnMethod() to define a mapping on an SP Partner Profile, taking as parameters: The name of the SP Partner Profile The Federation Authentication Method The OAM Authentication Scheme name addSPPartnerAuthnMethod() to define a mapping on an SP Partner , taking as parameters: The name of the SP Partner The Federation Authentication Method The OAM Authentication Scheme name Note: I will discuss in a subsequent article the other parameters of those commands. In the next sections, I will show examples on how to use those methods: For SAML 2.0, I will configure the SP Partner Profile, that will apply all the mappings to SP Partners referencing this profile, unless they override mapping definition For SAML 1.1, I will configure the SP Partner. For OpenID 2.0, I will configure the SP/RP Partner SAML 2.0 Test Setup In this setup, OIF is acting as an IdP and is integrated with a remote SAML 2.0 SP partner identified by AcmeSP. In this test, I will perform Federation SSO with OIF/IdP configured to: Use LDAPScheme as the Authentication Scheme Use BasicScheme as the Authentication Scheme Map BasicSessionScheme  to  the urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:Password Federation Authentication Method Use OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme as the Authentication Scheme Map OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme to  the urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:PasswordProtectedTransport Federation Authentication Method LDAPScheme as Authentication Scheme Using the OOTB settings regarding user authentication in OAM, the user will be challenged via a FORM based login page based on the LDAPScheme. Also the default Federation Authentication Method mappings configuration maps only the urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:PasswordProtectedTransport to LDAPScheme (also marked as the default scheme used for authentication), FAAuthScheme, BasicScheme and BasicFAScheme. After authentication via FORM, OIF/IdP would issue an Assertion similar to: <samlp:Response ...>    <saml:Issuer ...>https://idp.com/oam/fed</saml:Issuer>    <samlp:Status>        <samlp:StatusCode Value="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:status:Success"/>    </samlp:Status>    <saml:Assertion ...>        <saml:Issuer ...>https://idp.com/oam/fed</saml:Issuer>        <dsig:Signature>            ...        </dsig:Signature>        <saml:Subject>            <saml:NameID ...>[email protected]</saml:NameID>            <saml:SubjectConfirmation Method="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:cm:bearer">                <saml:SubjectConfirmationData .../>            </saml:SubjectConfirmation>        </saml:Subject>        <saml:Conditions ...>            <saml:AudienceRestriction>                <saml:Audience>https://acme.com/sp</saml:Audience>            </saml:AudienceRestriction>        </saml:Conditions>        <saml:AuthnStatement AuthnInstant="2014-03-21T20:53:55Z" SessionIndex="id-6i-Dm0yB-HekG6cejktwcKIFMzYE8Yrmqwfd0azz" SessionNotOnOrAfter="2014-03-21T21:53:55Z">            <saml:AuthnContext>                <saml:AuthnContextClassRef>                   urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:PasswordProtectedTransport                </saml:AuthnContextClassRef>            </saml:AuthnContext>        </saml:AuthnStatement>    </saml:Assertion></samlp:Response> BasicScheme as Authentication Scheme For this test, I will switch the default Authentication Scheme for the SP Partner Profile to BasicScheme instead of LDAPScheme. I will use the OIF WLST setSPPartnerProfileDefaultScheme() command and specify which scheme to be used as the default for the SP Partner Profile referenced by AcmeSP (which is saml20-sp-partner-profile in this case: getFedPartnerProfile("AcmeSP", "sp") ): Enter the WLST environment by executing:$IAM_ORACLE_HOME/common/bin/wlst.sh Connect to the WLS Admin server:connect() Navigate to the Domain Runtime branch:domainRuntime() Execute the setSPPartnerProfileDefaultScheme() command:setSPPartnerProfileDefaultScheme("saml20-sp-partner-profile", "BasicScheme") Exit the WLST environment:exit() The user will now be challenged via HTTP Basic Authentication defined in the BasicScheme for AcmeSP. Also, as noted earlier, the default Federation Authentication Method mappings configuration maps only the urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:PasswordProtectedTransport to LDAPScheme (also marked as the default scheme used for authentication), FAAuthScheme, BasicScheme and BasicFAScheme. After authentication via HTTP Basic Authentication, OIF/IdP would issue an Assertion similar to: <samlp:Response ...>    <saml:Issuer ...>https://idp.com/oam/fed</saml:Issuer>    <samlp:Status>        <samlp:StatusCode Value="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:status:Success"/>    </samlp:Status>    <saml:Assertion ...>        <saml:Issuer ...>https://idp.com/oam/fed</saml:Issuer>        <dsig:Signature>            ...        </dsig:Signature>        <saml:Subject>            <saml:NameID ...>[email protected]</saml:NameID>            <saml:SubjectConfirmation Method="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:cm:bearer">                <saml:SubjectConfirmationData .../>            </saml:SubjectConfirmation>        </saml:Subject>        <saml:Conditions ...>            <saml:AudienceRestriction>                <saml:Audience>https://acme.com/sp</saml:Audience>            </saml:AudienceRestriction>        </saml:Conditions>        <saml:AuthnStatement AuthnInstant="2014-03-21T20:53:55Z" SessionIndex="id-6i-Dm0yB-HekG6cejktwcKIFMzYE8Yrmqwfd0azz" SessionNotOnOrAfter="2014-03-21T21:53:55Z">            <saml:AuthnContext>                <saml:AuthnContextClassRef>                   urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:PasswordProtectedTransport                </saml:AuthnContextClassRef>            </saml:AuthnContext>        </saml:AuthnStatement>    </saml:Assertion></samlp:Response> Mapping BasicScheme To change the Federation Authentication Method mapping for the BasicScheme to urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:Password instead of urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:PasswordProtectedTransport for the saml20-sp-partner-profile SAML 2.0 SP Partner Profile (the profile to which my AcmeSP Partner is bound to), I will execute the addSPPartnerProfileAuthnMethod() method: Enter the WLST environment by executing:$IAM_ORACLE_HOME/common/bin/wlst.sh Connect to the WLS Admin server:connect() Navigate to the Domain Runtime branch:domainRuntime() Execute the addSPPartnerProfileAuthnMethod() command:addSPPartnerProfileAuthnMethod("saml20-sp-partner-profile", "urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:Password", "BasicScheme") Exit the WLST environment:exit() After authentication via HTTP Basic Authentication, OIF/IdP would now issue an Assertion similar to (see that the AuthnContextClassRef was changed from PasswordProtectedTransport to Password): <samlp:Response ...>    <saml:Issuer ...>https://idp.com/oam/fed</saml:Issuer>    <samlp:Status>        <samlp:StatusCode Value="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:status:Success"/>    </samlp:Status>    <saml:Assertion ...>        <saml:Issuer ...>https://idp.com/oam/fed</saml:Issuer>        <dsig:Signature>            ...        </dsig:Signature>        <saml:Subject>            <saml:NameID ...>[email protected]</saml:NameID>            <saml:SubjectConfirmation Method="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:cm:bearer">                <saml:SubjectConfirmationData .../>            </saml:SubjectConfirmation>        </saml:Subject>        <saml:Conditions ...>            <saml:AudienceRestriction>                <saml:Audience>https://acme.com/sp</saml:Audience>            </saml:AudienceRestriction>        </saml:Conditions>        <saml:AuthnStatement AuthnInstant="2014-03-21T20:53:55Z" SessionIndex="id-6i-Dm0yB-HekG6cejktwcKIFMzYE8Yrmqwfd0azz" SessionNotOnOrAfter="2014-03-21T21:53:55Z">            <saml:AuthnContext>                <saml:AuthnContextClassRef>                   urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:Password                </saml:AuthnContextClassRef>            </saml:AuthnContext>        </saml:AuthnStatement>    </saml:Assertion></samlp:Response> OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme as Authentication Scheme For this test, I will switch the default Authentication Scheme for the SP Partner Profile to OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme instead of BasicScheme. I will use the OIF WLST setSPPartnerProfileDefaultScheme() command and specify which scheme to be used as the default for the SP Partner Profile referenced by AcmeSP (which is saml20-sp-partner-profile in this case: getFedPartnerProfile("AcmeSP", "sp") ): Enter the WLST environment by executing:$IAM_ORACLE_HOME/common/bin/wlst.sh Connect to the WLS Admin server:connect() Navigate to the Domain Runtime branch:domainRuntime() Execute the setSPPartnerProfileDefaultScheme() command:setSPPartnerProfileDefaultScheme("saml20-sp-partner-profile", "OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme") Exit the WLST environment:exit() The user will now be challenged via FORM defined in the OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme for AcmeSP. Contrarily to LDAPScheme and BasicScheme, the OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme is not mapped by default to any Federation Authentication Methods. As such, OIF/IdP will not be able to find a Federation Authentication Method and will set the method in the SAML Assertion to the OAM Authentication Scheme name. After authentication via FORM, OIF/IdP would issue an Assertion similar to (see the AuthnContextClassRef set to OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme): <samlp:Response ...>    <saml:Issuer ...>https://idp.com/oam/fed</saml:Issuer>    <samlp:Status>        <samlp:StatusCode Value="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:status:Success"/>    </samlp:Status>    <saml:Assertion ...>        <saml:Issuer ...>https://idp.com/oam/fed</saml:Issuer>        <dsig:Signature>            ...        </dsig:Signature>        <saml:Subject>            <saml:NameID ...>[email protected]</saml:NameID>            <saml:SubjectConfirmation Method="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:cm:bearer">                <saml:SubjectConfirmationData .../>            </saml:SubjectConfirmation>        </saml:Subject>        <saml:Conditions ...>            <saml:AudienceRestriction>                <saml:Audience>https://acme.com/sp</saml:Audience>            </saml:AudienceRestriction>        </saml:Conditions>        <saml:AuthnStatement AuthnInstant="2014-03-21T20:53:55Z" SessionIndex="id-6i-Dm0yB-HekG6cejktwcKIFMzYE8Yrmqwfd0azz" SessionNotOnOrAfter="2014-03-21T21:53:55Z">            <saml:AuthnContext>                <saml:AuthnContextClassRef> OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme                </saml:AuthnContextClassRef>            </saml:AuthnContext>        </saml:AuthnStatement>    </saml:Assertion></samlp:Response> Mapping OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme To add the OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme  to the Federation Authentication Method urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:PasswordProtectedTransport mapping, I will execute the addSPPartnerProfileAuthnMethod() method: Enter the WLST environment by executing:$IAM_ORACLE_HOME/common/bin/wlst.sh Connect to the WLS Admin server:connect() Navigate to the Domain Runtime branch:domainRuntime() Execute the addSPPartnerProfileAuthnMethod() command:addSPPartnerProfileAuthnMethod("saml20-sp-partner-profile", "urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:PasswordProtectedTransport", "OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme") Exit the WLST environment:exit() After authentication via FORM, OIF/IdP would now issue an Assertion similar to (see that the method was changed from OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme to PasswordProtectedTransport): <samlp:Response ...>    <saml:Issuer ...>https://idp.com/oam/fed</saml:Issuer>    <samlp:Status>        <samlp:StatusCode Value="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:status:Success"/>    </samlp:Status>    <saml:Assertion ...>        <saml:Issuer ...>https://idp.com/oam/fed</saml:Issuer>        <dsig:Signature>            ...        </dsig:Signature>        <saml:Subject>            <saml:NameID ...>[email protected]</saml:NameID>            <saml:SubjectConfirmation Method="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:cm:bearer">                <saml:SubjectConfirmationData .../>            </saml:SubjectConfirmation>        </saml:Subject>        <saml:Conditions ...>            <saml:AudienceRestriction>                <saml:Audience>https://acme.com/sp</saml:Audience>            </saml:AudienceRestriction>        </saml:Conditions>        <saml:AuthnStatement AuthnInstant="2014-03-21T20:53:55Z" SessionIndex="id-6i-Dm0yB-HekG6cejktwcKIFMzYE8Yrmqwfd0azz" SessionNotOnOrAfter="2014-03-21T21:53:55Z">            <saml:AuthnContext>                <saml:AuthnContextClassRef>                   urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:PasswordProtectedTransport                </saml:AuthnContextClassRef>            </saml:AuthnContext>        </saml:AuthnStatement>    </saml:Assertion></samlp:Response> SAML 1.1 Test Setup In this setup, OIF is acting as an IdP and is integrated with a remote SAML 1.1 SP partner identified by AcmeSP. In this test, I will perform Federation SSO with OIF/IdP configured to: Use LDAPScheme as the Authentication Scheme Use OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme as the Authentication Scheme Map OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme to  the urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:PasswordProtectedTransport Federation Authentication Method Use LDAPScheme as the Authentication Scheme Map LDAPScheme to  the urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:PasswordProtectedTransport Federation Authentication Method LDAPScheme as Authentication Scheme Using the OOTB settings regarding user authentication in OAM, the user will be challenged via a FORM based login page based on the LDAPScheme. Also the default Federation Authentication Method mappings configuration maps only the urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.0:am:password to LDAPScheme (also marked as the default scheme used for authentication), FAAuthScheme, BasicScheme and BasicFAScheme. After authentication via FORM, OIF/IdP would issue an Assertion similar to: <samlp:Response ...>    <samlp:Status>        <samlp:StatusCode Value="samlp:Success"/>    </samlp:Status>    <saml:Assertion Issuer="https://idp.com/oam/fed" ...>        <saml:Conditions ...>            <saml:AudienceRestriction>                <saml:Audience>https://acme.com/sp/ssov11</saml:Audience>            </saml:AudienceRestriction>        </saml:Conditions>        <saml:AuthnStatement AuthenticationInstant="2014-03-21T20:53:55Z" AuthenticationMethod="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.0:am:password">            <saml:Subject>                <saml:NameIdentifier ...>[email protected]</saml:NameIdentifier>                <saml:SubjectConfirmation>                   <saml:ConfirmationMethod>                       urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.0:cm:bearer                   </saml:ConfirmationMethod>                </saml:SubjectConfirmation>            </saml:Subject>        </saml:AuthnStatement>        <dsig:Signature>            ...        </dsig:Signature>    </saml:Assertion></samlp:Response> OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme as Authentication Scheme For this test, I will switch the default Authentication Scheme for the SP Partner to OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme instead of LDAPScheme. I will use the OIF WLST setSPPartnerDefaultScheme() command and specify which scheme to be used as the default for the SP Partner: Enter the WLST environment by executing:$IAM_ORACLE_HOME/common/bin/wlst.sh Connect to the WLS Admin server:connect() Navigate to the Domain Runtime branch:domainRuntime() Execute the setSPPartnerDefaultScheme() command:setSPPartnerDefaultScheme("AcmeSP", "OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme") Exit the WLST environment:exit() The user will be challenged via FORM defined in the OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme for AcmeSP. Contrarily to LDAPScheme, the OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme is not mapped by default to any Federation Authentication Methods (in the SP Partner Profile). As such, OIF/IdP will not be able to find a Federation Authentication Method and will set the method in the SAML Assertion to the OAM Authentication Scheme name. After authentication via FORM, OIF/IdP would issue an Assertion similar to (see the AuthenticationMethod set to OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme): <samlp:Response ...>    <samlp:Status>        <samlp:StatusCode Value="samlp:Success"/>    </samlp:Status>    <saml:Assertion Issuer="https://idp.com/oam/fed" ...>        <saml:Conditions ...>            <saml:AudienceRestriction>                <saml:Audience>https://acme.com/sp/ssov11</saml:Audience>            </saml:AudienceRestriction>        </saml:Conditions>        <saml:AuthnStatement AuthenticationInstant="2014-03-21T20:53:55Z" AuthenticationMethod="OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme">            <saml:Subject>                <saml:NameIdentifier ...>[email protected]</saml:NameIdentifier>                <saml:SubjectConfirmation>                   <saml:ConfirmationMethod>                       urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.0:cm:bearer                   </saml:ConfirmationMethod>                </saml:SubjectConfirmation>            </saml:Subject>        </saml:AuthnStatement>        <dsig:Signature>            ...        </dsig:Signature>    </saml:Assertion></samlp:Response> Mapping OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme To map the OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme  to the Federation Authentication Method urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.0:am:password for this SP Partner only, I will execute the addSPPartnerAuthnMethod() method: Enter the WLST environment by executing:$IAM_ORACLE_HOME/common/bin/wlst.sh Connect to the WLS Admin server:connect() Navigate to the Domain Runtime branch:domainRuntime() Execute the addSPPartnerAuthnMethod() command:addSPPartnerAuthnMethod("AcmeSP", "urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.0:am:password", "OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme") Exit the WLST environment:exit() After authentication via FORM, OIF/IdP would now issue an Assertion similar to (see that the method was changed from OAMLDAPPluginAuthnScheme to password): <samlp:Response ...>    <samlp:Status>        <samlp:StatusCode Value="samlp:Success"/>    </samlp:Status>    <saml:Assertion Issuer="https://idp.com/oam/fed" ...>        <saml:Conditions ...>            <saml:AudienceRestriction>                <saml:Audience>https://acme.com/sp/ssov11</saml:Audience>            </saml:AudienceRestriction>        </saml:Conditions>        <saml:AuthnStatement AuthenticationInstant="2014-03-21T20:53:55Z" AuthenticationMethod="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.0:am:password">            <saml:Subject>                <saml:NameIdentifier ...>[email protected]</saml:NameIdentifier>                <saml:SubjectConfirmation>                   <saml:ConfirmationMethod>                       urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.0:cm:bearer                   </saml:ConfirmationMethod>                </saml:SubjectConfirmation>            </saml:Subject>        </saml:AuthnStatement>        <dsig:Signature>            ...        </dsig:Signature>    </saml:Assertion></samlp:Response> LDAPScheme as Authentication Scheme I will now show that by defining a Federation Authentication Mapping at the Partner level, this now ignores all mappings defined at the SP Partner Profile level. For this test, I will switch the default Authentication Scheme for this SP Partner back to LDAPScheme, and the Assertion issued by OIF/IdP will not be able to map this LDAPScheme to a Federation Authentication Method anymore, since A Federation Authentication Method mapping is defined at the SP Partner level and thus the mappings defined at the SP Partner Profile are ignored The LDAPScheme is not listed in the mapping at the Partner level I will use the OIF WLST setSPPartnerDefaultScheme() command and specify which scheme to be used as the default for this SP Partner: Enter the WLST environment by executing:$IAM_ORACLE_HOME/common/bin/wlst.sh Connect to the WLS Admin server:connect() Navigate to the Domain Runtime branch:domainRuntime() Execute the setSPPartnerDefaultScheme() command:setSPPartnerDefaultScheme("AcmeSP", "LDAPScheme") Exit the WLST environment:exit() After authentication via FORM, OIF/IdP would issue an Assertion similar to (see the AuthenticationMethod set to LDAPScheme): <samlp:Response ...>    <samlp:Status>        <samlp:StatusCode Value="samlp:Success"/>    </samlp:Status>    <saml:Assertion Issuer="https://idp.com/oam/fed" ...>        <saml:Conditions ...>            <saml:AudienceRestriction>                <saml:Audience>https://acme.com/sp/ssov11</saml:Audience>            </saml:AudienceRestriction>        </saml:Conditions>        <saml:AuthnStatement AuthenticationInstant="2014-03-21T20:53:55Z" AuthenticationMethod="LDAPScheme">            <saml:Subject>                <saml:NameIdentifier ...>[email protected]</saml:NameIdentifier>                <saml:SubjectConfirmation>                   <saml:ConfirmationMethod>                       urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.0:cm:bearer                   </saml:ConfirmationMethod>                </saml:SubjectConfirmation>            </saml:Subject>        </saml:AuthnStatement>        <dsig:Signature>            ...        </dsig:Signature>    </saml:Assertion></samlp:Response> Mapping LDAPScheme at Partner Level To fix this issue, we will need to add the LDAPScheme  to the Federation Authentication Method urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.0:am:password mapping for this SP Partner only. I will execute the addSPPartnerAuthnMethod() method: Enter the WLST environment by executing:$IAM_ORACLE_HOME/common/bin/wlst.sh Connect to the WLS Admin server:connect() Navigate to the Domain Runtime branch:domainRuntime() Execute the addSPPartnerAuthnMethod() command:addSPPartnerAuthnMethod("AcmeSP", "urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.0:am:password", "LDAPScheme") Exit the WLST environment:exit() After authentication via FORM, OIF/IdP would now issue an Assertion similar to (see that the method was changed from LDAPScheme to password): <samlp:Response ...>    <samlp:Status>        <samlp:StatusCode Value="samlp:Success"/>    </samlp:Status>    <saml:Assertion Issuer="https://idp.com/oam/fed" ...>        <saml:Conditions ...>            <saml:AudienceRestriction>                <saml:Audience>https://acme.com/sp/ssov11</saml:Audience>            </saml:AudienceRestriction>        </saml:Conditions>        <saml:AuthnStatement AuthenticationInstant="2014-03-21T20:53:55Z" AuthenticationMethod="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.0:am:password">            <saml:Subject>                <saml:NameIdentifier ...>[email protected]</saml:NameIdentifier>                <saml:SubjectConfirmation>                   <saml:ConfirmationMethod>                       urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.0:cm:bearer                   </saml:ConfirmationMethod>                </saml:SubjectConfirmation>            </saml:Subject>        </saml:AuthnStatement>        <dsig:Signature>            ...        </dsig:Signature>    </saml:Assertion></samlp:Response> OpenID 2.0 In the OpenID 2.0 flows, the RP must request use of PAPE, in order for OIF/IdP/OP to include PAPE information. For OpenID 2.0, the configuration will involve mapping a list of OpenID 2.0 policies to a list of Authentication Schemes. The WLST command will take a list of policies, delimited by the ',' character, instead of SAML 2.0 or SAML 1.1 where a single Federation Authentication Method had to be specified. Test Setup In this setup, OIF is acting as an IdP/OP and is integrated with a remote OpenID 2.0 SP/RP partner identified by AcmeRP. In this test, I will perform Federation SSO with OIF/IdP configured to: Use LDAPScheme as the Authentication Scheme Map LDAPScheme to  the http://schemas.openid.net/pape/policies/2007/06/phishing-resistant and http://openid-policies/password-protected policies Federation Authentication Methods (the second one is a custom for this use case) LDAPScheme as Authentication Scheme Using the OOTB settings regarding user authentication in OAM, the user will be challenged via a FORM based login page based on the LDAPScheme. No Federation Authentication Method is defined OOTB for OpenID 2.0, so if the IdP/OP issue an SSO response with a PAPE Response element, it will specify the scheme name instead of Federation Authentication Methods After authentication via FORM, OIF/IdP would issue an SSO Response similar to: https://acme.com/openid?refid=id-9PKVXZmRxAeDYcgLqPm36ClzOMA-&openid.ns=http%3A%2F%2Fspecs.openid.net%2Fauth%2F2.0&openid.mode=id_res&openid.op_endpoint=https%3A%2F%2Fidp.com%2Fopenid&openid.claimed_id=https%3A%2F%2Fidp.com%2Fopenid%3Fid%3Did-38iCmmlAVEXPsFjnFVKArfn5RIiF75D5doorhEgqqPM%3D&openid.identity=https%3A%2F%2Fidp.com%2Fopenid%3Fid%3Did-38iCmmlAVEXPsFjnFVKArfn5RIiF75D5doorhEgqqPM%3D&openid.return_to=https%3A%2F%2Facme.com%2Fopenid%3Frefid%3Did-9PKVXZmRxAeDYcgLqPm36ClzOMA-&openid.response_nonce=2014-03-24T19%3A20%3A06Zid-YPa2kTNNFftZkgBb460jxJGblk2g--iNwPpDI7M1&openid.assoc_handle=id-6a5S6zhAKaRwQNUnjTKROREdAGSjWodG1el4xyz3&openid.ns.ax=http%3A%2F%2Fopenid.net%2Fsrv%2Fax%2F1.0&openid.ax.mode=fetch_response&openid.ax.type.attr0=http%3A%2F%2Fsession%2Fcount&openid.ax.value.attr0=1&openid.ax.type.attr1=http%3A%2F%2Fopenid.net%2Fschema%2FnamePerson%2Ffriendly&openid.ax.value.attr1=My+name+is+Bobby+Smith&openid.ax.type.attr2=http%3A%2F%2Fschemas.openid.net%2Fax%2Fapi%2Fuser_id&openid.ax.value.attr2=bob&openid.ax.type.attr3=http%3A%2F%2Faxschema.org%2Fcontact%2Femail&openid.ax.value.attr3=bob%40oracle.com&openid.ax.type.attr4=http%3A%2F%2Fsession%2Fipaddress&openid.ax.value.attr4=10.145.120.253&openid.ns.pape=http%3A%2F%2Fspecs.openid.net%2Fextensions%2Fpape%2F1.0&openid.pape.auth_time=2014-03-24T19%3A20%3A05Z&openid.pape.auth_policies=LDAPScheme&openid.signed=op_endpoint%2Cclaimed_id%2Cidentity%2Creturn_to%2Cresponse_nonce%2Cassoc_handle%2Cns.ax%2Cax.mode%2Cax.type.attr0%2Cax.value.attr0%2Cax.type.attr1%2Cax.value.attr1%2Cax.type.attr2%2Cax.value.attr2%2Cax.type.attr3%2Cax.value.attr3%2Cax.type.attr4%2Cax.value.attr4%2Cns.pape%2Cpape.auth_time%2Cpape.auth_policies&openid.sig=mYMgbGYSs22l8e%2FDom9NRPw15u8%3D Mapping LDAPScheme To map the LDAP Scheme to the http://schemas.openid.net/pape/policies/2007/06/phishing-resistant and http://openid-policies/password-protected policies Federation Authentication Methods, I will execute the addSPPartnerAuthnMethod() method (the policies will be comma separated): Enter the WLST environment by executing:$IAM_ORACLE_HOME/common/bin/wlst.sh Connect to the WLS Admin server:connect() Navigate to the Domain Runtime branch:domainRuntime() Execute the addSPPartnerAuthnMethod() command:addSPPartnerAuthnMethod("AcmeRP", "http://schemas.openid.net/pape/policies/2007/06/phishing-resistant,http://openid-policies/password-protected", "LDAPScheme") Exit the WLST environment:exit() After authentication via FORM, OIF/IdP would now issue an Assertion similar to (see that the method was changed from LDAPScheme to the two policies): https://acme.com/openid?refid=id-9PKVXZmRxAeDYcgLqPm36ClzOMA-&openid.ns=http%3A%2F%2Fspecs.openid.net%2Fauth%2F2.0&openid.mode=id_res&openid.op_endpoint=https%3A%2F%2Fidp.com%2Fopenid&openid.claimed_id=https%3A%2F%2Fidp.com%2Fopenid%3Fid%3Did-38iCmmlAVEXPsFjnFVKArfn5RIiF75D5doorhEgqqPM%3D&openid.identity=https%3A%2F%2Fidp.com%2Fopenid%3Fid%3Did-38iCmmlAVEXPsFjnFVKArfn5RIiF75D5doorhEgqqPM%3D&openid.return_to=https%3A%2F%2Facme.com%2Fopenid%3Frefid%3Did-9PKVXZmRxAeDYcgLqPm36ClzOMA-&openid.response_nonce=2014-03-24T19%3A20%3A06Zid-YPa2kTNNFftZkgBb460jxJGblk2g--iNwPpDI7M1&openid.assoc_handle=id-6a5S6zhAKaRwQNUnjTKROREdAGSjWodG1el4xyz3&openid.ns.ax=http%3A%2F%2Fopenid.net%2Fsrv%2Fax%2F1.0&openid.ax.mode=fetch_response&openid.ax.type.attr0=http%3A%2F%2Fsession%2Fcount&openid.ax.value.attr0=1&openid.ax.type.attr1=http%3A%2F%2Fopenid.net%2Fschema%2FnamePerson%2Ffriendly&openid.ax.value.attr1=My+name+is+Bobby+Smith&openid.ax.type.attr2=http%3A%2F%2Fschemas.openid.net%2Fax%2Fapi%2Fuser_id&openid.ax.value.attr2=bob&openid.ax.type.attr3=http%3A%2F%2Faxschema.org%2Fcontact%2Femail&openid.ax.value.attr3=bob%40oracle.com&openid.ax.type.attr4=http%3A%2F%2Fsession%2Fipaddress&openid.ax.value.attr4=10.145.120.253&openid.ns.pape=http%3A%2F%2Fspecs.openid.net%2Fextensions%2Fpape%2F1.0&openid.pape.auth_time=2014-03-24T19%3A20%3A05Z&openid.pape.auth_policies=http%3A%2F%2Fschemas.openid.net%2Fpape%2Fpolicies%2F2007%2F06%2Fphishing-resistant+http%3A%2F%2Fopenid-policies%2Fpassword-protected&openid.signed=op_endpoint%2Cclaimed_id%2Cidentity%2Creturn_to%2Cresponse_nonce%2Cassoc_handle%2Cns.ax%2Cax.mode%2Cax.type.attr0%2Cax.value.attr0%2Cax.type.attr1%2Cax.value.attr1%2Cax.type.attr2%2Cax.value.attr2%2Cax.type.attr3%2Cax.value.attr3%2Cax.type.attr4%2Cax.value.attr4%2Cns.pape%2Cpape.auth_time%2Cpape.auth_policies&openid.sig=mYMgbGYSs22l8e%2FDom9NRPw15u8%3D In the next article, I will cover how OIF/IdP can be configured so that an SP can request a specific Federation Authentication Method to challenge the user during Federation SSO.Cheers,Damien Carru

    Read the article

  • Silverlight Recruiting Application Part 5 - Jobs Module / View

    Now we starting getting into a more code-heavy portion of this series, thankfully though this means the groundwork is all set for the most part and after adding the modules we will have a complete application that can be provided with full source. The Jobs module will have two concerns- adding and maintaining jobs that can then be broadcast out to the website. How they are displayed on the site will be handled by our admin system (which will just poll from this common database), so we aren't too concerned with that, but rather with getting the information into the system and allowing the backend administration/HR users to keep things up to date. Since there is a fair bit of information that we want to display, we're going to move editing to a separate view so we can get all that information in an easy-to-use spot. With all the files created for this module, the project looks something like this: And now... on to the code. XAML for the Job Posting View All we really need for the Job Posting View is a RadGridView and a few buttons. This will let us both show off records and perform operations on the records without much hassle. That XAML is going to look something like this: 01.<Grid x:Name="LayoutRoot" 02.Background="White"> 03.<Grid.RowDefinitions> 04.<RowDefinition Height="30" /> 05.<RowDefinition /> 06.</Grid.RowDefinitions> 07.<StackPanel Orientation="Horizontal"> 08.<Button x:Name="xAddRecordButton" 09.Content="Add Job" 10.Width="120" 11.cal:Click.Command="{Binding AddRecord}" 12.telerik:StyleManager.Theme="Windows7" /> 13.<Button x:Name="xEditRecordButton" 14.Content="Edit Job" 15.Width="120" 16.cal:Click.Command="{Binding EditRecord}" 17.telerik:StyleManager.Theme="Windows7" /> 18.</StackPanel> 19.<telerikGrid:RadGridView x:Name="xJobsGrid" 20.Grid.Row="1" 21.IsReadOnly="True" 22.AutoGenerateColumns="False" 23.ColumnWidth="*" 24.RowDetailsVisibilityMode="VisibleWhenSelected" 25.ItemsSource="{Binding MyJobs}" 26.SelectedItem="{Binding SelectedJob, Mode=TwoWay}" 27.command:SelectedItemChangedEventClass.Command="{Binding SelectedItemChanged}"> 28.<telerikGrid:RadGridView.Columns> 29.<telerikGrid:GridViewDataColumn Header="Job Title" 30.DataMemberBinding="{Binding JobTitle}" 31.UniqueName="JobTitle" /> 32.<telerikGrid:GridViewDataColumn Header="Location" 33.DataMemberBinding="{Binding Location}" 34.UniqueName="Location" /> 35.<telerikGrid:GridViewDataColumn Header="Resume Required" 36.DataMemberBinding="{Binding NeedsResume}" 37.UniqueName="NeedsResume" /> 38.<telerikGrid:GridViewDataColumn Header="CV Required" 39.DataMemberBinding="{Binding NeedsCV}" 40.UniqueName="NeedsCV" /> 41.<telerikGrid:GridViewDataColumn Header="Overview Required" 42.DataMemberBinding="{Binding NeedsOverview}" 43.UniqueName="NeedsOverview" /> 44.<telerikGrid:GridViewDataColumn Header="Active" 45.DataMemberBinding="{Binding IsActive}" 46.UniqueName="IsActive" /> 47.</telerikGrid:RadGridView.Columns> 48.</telerikGrid:RadGridView> 49.</Grid> I'll explain what's happening here by line numbers: Lines 11 and 16: Using the same type of click commands as we saw in the Menu module, we tie the button clicks to delegate commands in the viewmodel. Line 25: The source for the jobs will be a collection in the viewmodel. Line 26: We also bind the selected item to a public property from the viewmodel for use in code. Line 27: We've turned the event into a command so we can handle it via code in the viewmodel. So those first three probably make sense to you as far as Silverlight/WPF binding magic is concerned, but for line 27... This actually comes from something I read onDamien Schenkelman's blog back in the day for creating an attached behavior from any event. So, any time you see me using command:Whatever.Command, the backing for it is actually something like this: SelectedItemChangedEventBehavior.cs: 01.public class SelectedItemChangedEventBehavior : CommandBehaviorBase<Telerik.Windows.Controls.DataControl> 02.{ 03.public SelectedItemChangedEventBehavior(DataControl element) 04.: base(element) 05.{ 06.element.SelectionChanged += new EventHandler<SelectionChangeEventArgs>(element_SelectionChanged); 07.} 08.void element_SelectionChanged(object sender, SelectionChangeEventArgs e) 09.{ 10.// We'll only ever allow single selection, so will only need item index 0 11.base.CommandParameter = e.AddedItems[0]; 12.base.ExecuteCommand(); 13.} 14.} SelectedItemChangedEventClass.cs: 01.public class SelectedItemChangedEventClass 02.{ 03.#region The Command Stuff 04.public static ICommand GetCommand(DependencyObject obj) 05.{ 06.return (ICommand)obj.GetValue(CommandProperty); 07.} 08.public static void SetCommand(DependencyObject obj, ICommand value) 09.{ 10.obj.SetValue(CommandProperty, value); 11.} 12.public static readonly DependencyProperty CommandProperty = 13.DependencyProperty.RegisterAttached("Command", typeof(ICommand), 14.typeof(SelectedItemChangedEventClass), new PropertyMetadata(OnSetCommandCallback)); 15.public static void OnSetCommandCallback(DependencyObject dependencyObject, DependencyPropertyChangedEventArgs e) 16.{ 17.DataControl element = dependencyObject as DataControl; 18.if (element != null) 19.{ 20.SelectedItemChangedEventBehavior behavior = GetOrCreateBehavior(element); 21.behavior.Command = e.NewValue as ICommand; 22.} 23.} 24.#endregion 25.public static SelectedItemChangedEventBehavior GetOrCreateBehavior(DataControl element) 26.{ 27.SelectedItemChangedEventBehavior behavior = element.GetValue(SelectedItemChangedEventBehaviorProperty) as SelectedItemChangedEventBehavior; 28.if (behavior == null) 29.{ 30.behavior = new SelectedItemChangedEventBehavior(element); 31.element.SetValue(SelectedItemChangedEventBehaviorProperty, behavior); 32.} 33.return behavior; 34.} 35.public static SelectedItemChangedEventBehavior GetSelectedItemChangedEventBehavior(DependencyObject obj) 36.{ 37.return (SelectedItemChangedEventBehavior)obj.GetValue(SelectedItemChangedEventBehaviorProperty); 38.} 39.public static void SetSelectedItemChangedEventBehavior(DependencyObject obj, SelectedItemChangedEventBehavior value) 40.{ 41.obj.SetValue(SelectedItemChangedEventBehaviorProperty, value); 42.} 43.public static readonly DependencyProperty SelectedItemChangedEventBehaviorProperty = 44.DependencyProperty.RegisterAttached("SelectedItemChangedEventBehavior", 45.typeof(SelectedItemChangedEventBehavior), typeof(SelectedItemChangedEventClass), null); 46.} These end up looking very similar from command to command, but in a nutshell you create a command based on any event, determine what the parameter for it will be, then execute. It attaches via XAML and ties to a DelegateCommand in the viewmodel, so you get the full event experience (since some controls get a bit event-rich for added functionality). Simple enough, right? Viewmodel for the Job Posting View The Viewmodel is going to need to handle all events going back and forth, maintaining interactions with the data we are using, and both publishing and subscribing to events. Rather than breaking this into tons of little pieces, I'll give you a nice view of the entire viewmodel and then hit up the important points line-by-line: 001.public class JobPostingViewModel : ViewModelBase 002.{ 003.private readonly IEventAggregator eventAggregator; 004.private readonly IRegionManager regionManager; 005.public DelegateCommand<object> AddRecord { get; set; } 006.public DelegateCommand<object> EditRecord { get; set; } 007.public DelegateCommand<object> SelectedItemChanged { get; set; } 008.public RecruitingContext context; 009.private QueryableCollectionView _myJobs; 010.public QueryableCollectionView MyJobs 011.{ 012.get { return _myJobs; } 013.} 014.private QueryableCollectionView _selectionJobActionHistory; 015.public QueryableCollectionView SelectedJobActionHistory 016.{ 017.get { return _selectionJobActionHistory; } 018.} 019.private JobPosting _selectedJob; 020.public JobPosting SelectedJob 021.{ 022.get { return _selectedJob; } 023.set 024.{ 025.if (value != _selectedJob) 026.{ 027._selectedJob = value; 028.NotifyChanged("SelectedJob"); 029.} 030.} 031.} 032.public SubscriptionToken editToken = new SubscriptionToken(); 033.public SubscriptionToken addToken = new SubscriptionToken(); 034.public JobPostingViewModel(IEventAggregator eventAgg, IRegionManager regionmanager) 035.{ 036.// set Unity items 037.this.eventAggregator = eventAgg; 038.this.regionManager = regionmanager; 039.// load our context 040.context = new RecruitingContext(); 041.this._myJobs = new QueryableCollectionView(context.JobPostings); 042.context.Load(context.GetJobPostingsQuery()); 043.// set command events 044.this.AddRecord = new DelegateCommand<object>(this.AddNewRecord); 045.this.EditRecord = new DelegateCommand<object>(this.EditExistingRecord); 046.this.SelectedItemChanged = new DelegateCommand<object>(this.SelectedRecordChanged); 047.SetSubscriptions(); 048.} 049.#region DelegateCommands from View 050.public void AddNewRecord(object obj) 051.{ 052.this.eventAggregator.GetEvent<AddJobEvent>().Publish(true); 053.} 054.public void EditExistingRecord(object obj) 055.{ 056.if (_selectedJob == null) 057.{ 058.this.eventAggregator.GetEvent<NotifyUserEvent>().Publish("No job selected."); 059.} 060.else 061.{ 062.this._myJobs.EditItem(this._selectedJob); 063.this.eventAggregator.GetEvent<EditJobEvent>().Publish(this._selectedJob); 064.} 065.} 066.public void SelectedRecordChanged(object obj) 067.{ 068.if (obj.GetType() == typeof(ActionHistory)) 069.{ 070.// event bubbles up so we don't catch items from the ActionHistory grid 071.} 072.else 073.{ 074.JobPosting job = obj as JobPosting; 075.GrabHistory(job.PostingID); 076.} 077.} 078.#endregion 079.#region Subscription Declaration and Events 080.public void SetSubscriptions() 081.{ 082.EditJobCompleteEvent editComplete = eventAggregator.GetEvent<EditJobCompleteEvent>(); 083.if (editToken != null) 084.editComplete.Unsubscribe(editToken); 085.editToken = editComplete.Subscribe(this.EditCompleteEventHandler); 086.AddJobCompleteEvent addComplete = eventAggregator.GetEvent<AddJobCompleteEvent>(); 087.if (addToken != null) 088.addComplete.Unsubscribe(addToken); 089.addToken = addComplete.Subscribe(this.AddCompleteEventHandler); 090.} 091.public void EditCompleteEventHandler(bool complete) 092.{ 093.if (complete) 094.{ 095.JobPosting thisJob = _myJobs.CurrentEditItem as JobPosting; 096.this._myJobs.CommitEdit(); 097.this.context.SubmitChanges((s) => 098.{ 099.ActionHistory myAction = new ActionHistory(); 100.myAction.PostingID = thisJob.PostingID; 101.myAction.Description = String.Format("Job '{0}' has been edited by {1}", thisJob.JobTitle, "default user"); 102.myAction.TimeStamp = DateTime.Now; 103.eventAggregator.GetEvent<AddActionEvent>().Publish(myAction); 104.} 105., null); 106.} 107.else 108.{ 109.this._myJobs.CancelEdit(); 110.} 111.this.MakeMeActive(this.regionManager, "MainRegion", "JobPostingsView"); 112.} 113.public void AddCompleteEventHandler(JobPosting job) 114.{ 115.if (job == null) 116.{ 117.// do nothing, new job add cancelled 118.} 119.else 120.{ 121.this.context.JobPostings.Add(job); 122.this.context.SubmitChanges((s) => 123.{ 124.ActionHistory myAction = new ActionHistory(); 125.myAction.PostingID = job.PostingID; 126.myAction.Description = String.Format("Job '{0}' has been added by {1}", job.JobTitle, "default user"); 127.myAction.TimeStamp = DateTime.Now; 128.eventAggregator.GetEvent<AddActionEvent>().Publish(myAction); 129.} 130., null); 131.} 132.this.MakeMeActive(this.regionManager, "MainRegion", "JobPostingsView"); 133.} 134.#endregion 135.public void GrabHistory(int postID) 136.{ 137.context.ActionHistories.Clear(); 138._selectionJobActionHistory = new QueryableCollectionView(context.ActionHistories); 139.context.Load(context.GetHistoryForJobQuery(postID)); 140.} Taking it from the top, we're injecting an Event Aggregator and Region Manager for use down the road and also have the public DelegateCommands (just like in the Menu module). We also grab a reference to our context, which we'll obviously need for data, then set up a few fields with public properties tied to them. We're also setting subscription tokens, which we have not yet seen but I will get into below. The AddNewRecord (50) and EditExistingRecord (54) methods should speak for themselves for functionality, the one thing of note is we're sending events off to the Event Aggregator which some module, somewhere will take care of. Since these aren't entirely relying on one another, the Jobs View doesn't care if anyone is listening, but it will publish AddJobEvent (52), NotifyUserEvent (58) and EditJobEvent (63)regardless. Don't mind the GrabHistory() method so much, that is just grabbing history items (visibly being created in the SubmitChanges callbacks), and adding them to the database. Every action will trigger a history event, so we'll know who modified what and when, just in case. ;) So where are we at? Well, if we click to Add a job, we publish an event, if we edit a job, we publish an event with the selected record (attained through the magic of binding). Where is this all going though? To the Viewmodel, of course! XAML for the AddEditJobView This is pretty straightforward except for one thing, noted below: 001.<Grid x:Name="LayoutRoot" 002.Background="White"> 003.<Grid x:Name="xEditGrid" 004.Margin="10" 005.validationHelper:ValidationScope.Errors="{Binding Errors}"> 006.<Grid.Background> 007.<LinearGradientBrush EndPoint="0.5,1" 008.StartPoint="0.5,0"> 009.<GradientStop Color="#FFC7C7C7" 010.Offset="0" /> 011.<GradientStop Color="#FFF6F3F3" 012.Offset="1" /> 013.</LinearGradientBrush> 014.</Grid.Background> 015.<Grid.RowDefinitions> 016.<RowDefinition Height="40" /> 017.<RowDefinition Height="40" /> 018.<RowDefinition Height="40" /> 019.<RowDefinition Height="100" /> 020.<RowDefinition Height="100" /> 021.<RowDefinition Height="100" /> 022.<RowDefinition Height="40" /> 023.<RowDefinition Height="40" /> 024.<RowDefinition Height="40" /> 025.</Grid.RowDefinitions> 026.<Grid.ColumnDefinitions> 027.<ColumnDefinition Width="150" /> 028.<ColumnDefinition Width="150" /> 029.<ColumnDefinition Width="300" /> 030.<ColumnDefinition Width="100" /> 031.</Grid.ColumnDefinitions> 032.<!-- Title --> 033.<TextBlock Margin="8" 034.Text="{Binding AddEditString}" 035.TextWrapping="Wrap" 036.Grid.Column="1" 037.Grid.ColumnSpan="2" 038.FontSize="16" /> 039.<!-- Data entry area--> 040. 041.<TextBlock Margin="8,0,0,0" 042.Style="{StaticResource LabelTxb}" 043.Grid.Row="1" 044.Text="Job Title" 045.VerticalAlignment="Center" /> 046.<TextBox x:Name="xJobTitleTB" 047.Margin="0,8" 048.Grid.Column="1" 049.Grid.Row="1" 050.Text="{Binding activeJob.JobTitle, Mode=TwoWay, NotifyOnValidationError=True, ValidatesOnExceptions=True}" 051.Grid.ColumnSpan="2" /> 052.<TextBlock Margin="8,0,0,0" 053.Grid.Row="2" 054.Text="Location" 055.d:LayoutOverrides="Height" 056.VerticalAlignment="Center" /> 057.<TextBox x:Name="xLocationTB" 058.Margin="0,8" 059.Grid.Column="1" 060.Grid.Row="2" 061.Text="{Binding activeJob.Location, Mode=TwoWay, NotifyOnValidationError=True, ValidatesOnExceptions=True}" 062.Grid.ColumnSpan="2" /> 063. 064.<TextBlock Margin="8,11,8,0" 065.Grid.Row="3" 066.Text="Description" 067.TextWrapping="Wrap" 068.VerticalAlignment="Top" /> 069. 070.<TextBox x:Name="xDescriptionTB" 071.Height="84" 072.TextWrapping="Wrap" 073.ScrollViewer.VerticalScrollBarVisibility="Auto" 074.Grid.Column="1" 075.Grid.Row="3" 076.Text="{Binding activeJob.Description, Mode=TwoWay, NotifyOnValidationError=True, ValidatesOnExceptions=True}" 077.Grid.ColumnSpan="2" /> 078.<TextBlock Margin="8,11,8,0" 079.Grid.Row="4" 080.Text="Requirements" 081.TextWrapping="Wrap" 082.VerticalAlignment="Top" /> 083. 084.<TextBox x:Name="xRequirementsTB" 085.Height="84" 086.TextWrapping="Wrap" 087.ScrollViewer.VerticalScrollBarVisibility="Auto" 088.Grid.Column="1" 089.Grid.Row="4" 090.Text="{Binding activeJob.Requirements, Mode=TwoWay, NotifyOnValidationError=True, ValidatesOnExceptions=True}" 091.Grid.ColumnSpan="2" /> 092.<TextBlock Margin="8,11,8,0" 093.Grid.Row="5" 094.Text="Qualifications" 095.TextWrapping="Wrap" 096.VerticalAlignment="Top" /> 097. 098.<TextBox x:Name="xQualificationsTB" 099.Height="84" 100.TextWrapping="Wrap" 101.ScrollViewer.VerticalScrollBarVisibility="Auto" 102.Grid.Column="1" 103.Grid.Row="5" 104.Text="{Binding activeJob.Qualifications, Mode=TwoWay, NotifyOnValidationError=True, ValidatesOnExceptions=True}" 105.Grid.ColumnSpan="2" /> 106.<!-- Requirements Checkboxes--> 107. 108.<CheckBox x:Name="xResumeRequiredCB" Margin="8,8,8,15" 109.Content="Resume Required" 110.Grid.Row="6" 111.Grid.ColumnSpan="2" 112.IsChecked="{Binding activeJob.NeedsResume, Mode=TwoWay, NotifyOnValidationError=True, ValidatesOnExceptions=True}"/> 113. 114.<CheckBox x:Name="xCoverletterRequiredCB" Margin="8,8,8,15" 115.Content="Cover Letter Required" 116.Grid.Column="2" 117.Grid.Row="6" 118.IsChecked="{Binding activeJob.NeedsCV, Mode=TwoWay, NotifyOnValidationError=True, ValidatesOnExceptions=True}"/> 119. 120.<CheckBox x:Name="xOverviewRequiredCB" Margin="8,8,8,15" 121.Content="Overview Required" 122.Grid.Row="7" 123.Grid.ColumnSpan="2" 124.IsChecked="{Binding activeJob.NeedsOverview, Mode=TwoWay, NotifyOnValidationError=True, ValidatesOnExceptions=True}"/> 125. 126.<CheckBox x:Name="xJobActiveCB" Margin="8,8,8,15" 127.Content="Job is Active" 128.Grid.Column="2" 129.Grid.Row="7" 130.IsChecked="{Binding activeJob.IsActive, Mode=TwoWay, NotifyOnValidationError=True, ValidatesOnExceptions=True}"/> 131. 132.<!-- Buttons --> 133. 134.<Button x:Name="xAddEditButton" Margin="8,8,0,10" 135.Content="{Binding AddEditButtonString}" 136.cal:Click.Command="{Binding AddEditCommand}" 137.Grid.Column="2" 138.Grid.Row="8" 139.HorizontalAlignment="Left" 140.Width="125" 141.telerik:StyleManager.Theme="Windows7" /> 142. 143.<Button x:Name="xCancelButton" HorizontalAlignment="Right" 144.Content="Cancel" 145.cal:Click.Command="{Binding CancelCommand}" 146.Margin="0,8,8,10" 147.Width="125" 148.Grid.Column="2" 149.Grid.Row="8" 150.telerik:StyleManager.Theme="Windows7" /> 151.</Grid> 152.</Grid> The 'validationHelper:ValidationScope' line may seem odd. This is a handy little trick for catching current and would-be validation errors when working in this whole setup. This all comes from an approach found on theJoy Of Code blog, although it looks like the story for this will be changing slightly with new advances in SL4/WCF RIA Services, so this section can definitely get an overhaul a little down the road. The code is the fun part of all this, so let us see what's happening under the hood. Viewmodel for the AddEditJobView We are going to see some of the same things happening here, so I'll skip over the repeat info and get right to the good stuff: 001.public class AddEditJobViewModel : ViewModelBase 002.{ 003.private readonly IEventAggregator eventAggregator; 004.private readonly IRegionManager regionManager; 005. 006.public RecruitingContext context; 007. 008.private JobPosting _activeJob; 009.public JobPosting activeJob 010.{ 011.get { return _activeJob; } 012.set 013.{ 014.if (_activeJob != value) 015.{ 016._activeJob = value; 017.NotifyChanged("activeJob"); 018.} 019.} 020.} 021. 022.public bool isNewJob; 023. 024.private string _addEditString; 025.public string AddEditString 026.{ 027.get { return _addEditString; } 028.set 029.{ 030.if (_addEditString != value) 031.{ 032._addEditString = value; 033.NotifyChanged("AddEditString"); 034.} 035.} 036.} 037. 038.private string _addEditButtonString; 039.public string AddEditButtonString 040.{ 041.get { return _addEditButtonString; } 042.set 043.{ 044.if (_addEditButtonString != value) 045.{ 046._addEditButtonString = value; 047.NotifyChanged("AddEditButtonString"); 048.} 049.} 050.} 051. 052.public SubscriptionToken addJobToken = new SubscriptionToken(); 053.public SubscriptionToken editJobToken = new SubscriptionToken(); 054. 055.public DelegateCommand<object> AddEditCommand { get; set; } 056.public DelegateCommand<object> CancelCommand { get; set; } 057. 058.private ObservableCollection<ValidationError> _errors = new ObservableCollection<ValidationError>(); 059.public ObservableCollection<ValidationError> Errors 060.{ 061.get { return _errors; } 062.} 063. 064.private ObservableCollection<ValidationResult> _valResults = new ObservableCollection<ValidationResult>(); 065.public ObservableCollection<ValidationResult> ValResults 066.{ 067.get { return this._valResults; } 068.} 069. 070.public AddEditJobViewModel(IEventAggregator eventAgg, IRegionManager regionmanager) 071.{ 072.// set Unity items 073.this.eventAggregator = eventAgg; 074.this.regionManager = regionmanager; 075. 076.context = new RecruitingContext(); 077. 078.AddEditCommand = new DelegateCommand<object>(this.AddEditJobCommand); 079.CancelCommand = new DelegateCommand<object>(this.CancelAddEditCommand); 080. 081.SetSubscriptions(); 082.} 083. 084.#region Subscription Declaration and Events 085. 086.public void SetSubscriptions() 087.{ 088.AddJobEvent addJob = this.eventAggregator.GetEvent<AddJobEvent>(); 089. 090.if (addJobToken != null) 091.addJob.Unsubscribe(addJobToken); 092. 093.addJobToken = addJob.Subscribe(this.AddJobEventHandler); 094. 095.EditJobEvent editJob = this.eventAggregator.GetEvent<EditJobEvent>(); 096. 097.if (editJobToken != null) 098.editJob.Unsubscribe(editJobToken); 099. 100.editJobToken = editJob.Subscribe(this.EditJobEventHandler); 101.} 102. 103.public void AddJobEventHandler(bool isNew) 104.{ 105.this.activeJob = null; 106.this.activeJob = new JobPosting(); 107.this.activeJob.IsActive = true; // We assume that we want a new job to go up immediately 108.this.isNewJob = true; 109.this.AddEditString = "Add New Job Posting"; 110.this.AddEditButtonString = "Add Job"; 111. 112.MakeMeActive(this.regionManager, "MainRegion", "AddEditJobView"); 113.} 114. 115.public void EditJobEventHandler(JobPosting editJob) 116.{ 117.this.activeJob = null; 118.this.activeJob = editJob; 119.this.isNewJob = false; 120.this.AddEditString = "Edit Job Posting"; 121.this.AddEditButtonString = "Edit Job"; 122. 123.MakeMeActive(this.regionManager, "MainRegion", "AddEditJobView"); 124.} 125. 126.#endregion 127. 128.#region DelegateCommands from View 129. 130.public void AddEditJobCommand(object obj) 131.{ 132.if (this.Errors.Count > 0) 133.{ 134.List<string> errorMessages = new List<string>(); 135. 136.foreach (var valR in this.Errors) 137.{ 138.errorMessages.Add(valR.Exception.Message); 139.} 140. 141.this.eventAggregator.GetEvent<DisplayValidationErrorsEvent>().Publish(errorMessages); 142. 143.} 144.else if (!Validator.TryValidateObject(this.activeJob, new ValidationContext(this.activeJob, null, null), _valResults, true)) 145.{ 146.List<string> errorMessages = new List<string>(); 147. 148.foreach (var valR in this._valResults) 149.{ 150.errorMessages.Add(valR.ErrorMessage); 151.} 152. 153.this._valResults.Clear(); 154. 155.this.eventAggregator.GetEvent<DisplayValidationErrorsEvent>().Publish(errorMessages); 156.} 157.else 158.{ 159.if (this.isNewJob) 160.{ 161.this.eventAggregator.GetEvent<AddJobCompleteEvent>().Publish(this.activeJob); 162.} 163.else 164.{ 165.this.eventAggregator.GetEvent<EditJobCompleteEvent>().Publish(true); 166.} 167.} 168.} 169. 170.public void CancelAddEditCommand(object obj) 171.{ 172.if (this.isNewJob) 173.{ 174.this.eventAggregator.GetEvent<AddJobCompleteEvent>().Publish(null); 175.} 176.else 177.{ 178.this.eventAggregator.GetEvent<EditJobCompleteEvent>().Publish(false); 179.} 180.} 181. 182.#endregion 183.} 184.} We start seeing something new on line 103- the AddJobEventHandler will create a new job and set that to the activeJob item on the ViewModel. When this is all set, the view calls that familiar MakeMeActive method to activate itself. I made a bit of a management call on making views self-activate like this, but I figured it works for one reason. As I create this application, views may not exist that I have in mind, so after a view receives its 'ping' from being subscribed to an event, it prepares whatever it needs to do and then goes active. This way if I don't have 'edit' hooked up, I can click as the day is long on the main view and won't get lost in an empty region. Total personal preference here. :) Everything else should again be pretty straightforward, although I do a bit of validation checking in the AddEditJobCommand, which can either fire off an event back to the main view/viewmodel if everything is a success or sent a list of errors to our notification module, which pops open a RadWindow with the alerts if any exist. As a bonus side note, here's what my WCF RIA Services metadata looks like for handling all of the validation: private JobPostingMetadata() { } [StringLength(2500, ErrorMessage = "Description should be more than one and less than 2500 characters.", MinimumLength = 1)] [Required(ErrorMessage = "Description is required.")] public string Description; [Required(ErrorMessage="Active Status is Required")] public bool IsActive; [StringLength(100, ErrorMessage = "Posting title must be more than 3 but less than 100 characters.", MinimumLength = 3)] [Required(ErrorMessage = "Job Title is required.")] public bool JobTitle; [Required] public string Location; public bool NeedsCV; public bool NeedsOverview; public bool NeedsResume; public int PostingID; [Required(ErrorMessage="Qualifications are required.")] [StringLength(2500, ErrorMessage="Qualifications should be more than one and less than 2500 characters.", MinimumLength=1)] public string Qualifications; [StringLength(2500, ErrorMessage = "Requirements should be more than one and less than 2500 characters.", MinimumLength = 1)] [Required(ErrorMessage="Requirements are required.")] public string Requirements;   The RecruitCB Alternative See all that Xaml I pasted above? Those are now two pieces sitting in the JobsView.xaml file now. The only real difference is that the xEditGrid now sits in the same place as xJobsGrid, with visibility swapping out between the two for a quick switch. I also took out all the cal: and command: command references and replaced Button events with clicks and the Grid selection command replaced with a SelectedItemChanged event. Also, at the bottom of the xEditGrid after the last button, I add a ValidationSummary (with Visibility=Collapsed) to catch any errors that are popping up. Simple as can be, and leads to this being the single code-behind file: 001.public partial class JobsView : UserControl 002.{ 003.public RecruitingContext context; 004.public JobPosting activeJob; 005.public bool isNew; 006.private ObservableCollection<ValidationResult> _valResults = new ObservableCollection<ValidationResult>(); 007.public ObservableCollection<ValidationResult> ValResults 008.{ 009.get { return this._valResults; } 010.} 011.public JobsView() 012.{ 013.InitializeComponent(); 014.this.Loaded += new RoutedEventHandler(JobsView_Loaded); 015.} 016.void JobsView_Loaded(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) 017.{ 018.context = new RecruitingContext(); 019.xJobsGrid.ItemsSource = context.JobPostings; 020.context.Load(context.GetJobPostingsQuery()); 021.} 022.private void xAddRecordButton_Click(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) 023.{ 024.activeJob = new JobPosting(); 025.isNew = true; 026.xAddEditTitle.Text = "Add a Job Posting"; 027.xAddEditButton.Content = "Add"; 028.xEditGrid.DataContext = activeJob; 029.HideJobsGrid(); 030.} 031.private void xEditRecordButton_Click(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) 032.{ 033.activeJob = xJobsGrid.SelectedItem as JobPosting; 034.isNew = false; 035.xAddEditTitle.Text = "Edit a Job Posting"; 036.xAddEditButton.Content = "Edit"; 037.xEditGrid.DataContext = activeJob; 038.HideJobsGrid(); 039.} 040.private void xAddEditButton_Click(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) 041.{ 042.if (!Validator.TryValidateObject(this.activeJob, new ValidationContext(this.activeJob, null, null), _valResults, true)) 043.{ 044.List<string> errorMessages = new List<string>(); 045.foreach (var valR in this._valResults) 046.{ 047.errorMessages.Add(valR.ErrorMessage); 048.} 049.this._valResults.Clear(); 050.ShowErrors(errorMessages); 051.} 052.else if (xSummary.Errors.Count > 0) 053.{ 054.List<string> errorMessages = new List<string>(); 055.foreach (var err in xSummary.Errors) 056.{ 057.errorMessages.Add(err.Message); 058.} 059.ShowErrors(errorMessages); 060.} 061.else 062.{ 063.if (this.isNew) 064.{ 065.context.JobPostings.Add(activeJob); 066.context.SubmitChanges((s) => 067.{ 068.ActionHistory thisAction = new ActionHistory(); 069.thisAction.PostingID = activeJob.PostingID; 070.thisAction.Description = String.Format("Job '{0}' has been edited by {1}", activeJob.JobTitle, "default user"); 071.thisAction.TimeStamp = DateTime.Now; 072.context.ActionHistories.Add(thisAction); 073.context.SubmitChanges(); 074.}, null); 075.} 076.else 077.{ 078.context.SubmitChanges((s) => 079.{ 080.ActionHistory thisAction = new ActionHistory(); 081.thisAction.PostingID = activeJob.PostingID; 082.thisAction.Description = String.Format("Job '{0}' has been added by {1}", activeJob.JobTitle, "default user"); 083.thisAction.TimeStamp = DateTime.Now; 084.context.ActionHistories.Add(thisAction); 085.context.SubmitChanges(); 086.}, null); 087.} 088.ShowJobsGrid(); 089.} 090.} 091.private void xCancelButton_Click(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) 092.{ 093.ShowJobsGrid(); 094.} 095.private void ShowJobsGrid() 096.{ 097.xAddEditRecordButtonPanel.Visibility = Visibility.Visible; 098.xEditGrid.Visibility = Visibility.Collapsed; 099.xJobsGrid.Visibility = Visibility.Visible; 100.} 101.private void HideJobsGrid() 102.{ 103.xAddEditRecordButtonPanel.Visibility = Visibility.Collapsed; 104.xJobsGrid.Visibility = Visibility.Collapsed; 105.xEditGrid.Visibility = Visibility.Visible; 106.} 107.private void ShowErrors(List<string> errorList) 108.{ 109.string nm = "Errors received: \n"; 110.foreach (string anerror in errorList) 111.nm += anerror + "\n"; 112.RadWindow.Alert(nm); 113.} 114.} The first 39 lines should be pretty familiar, not doing anything too unorthodox to get this up and running. Once we hit the xAddEditButton_Click on line 40, we're still doing pretty much the same things except instead of checking the ValidationHelper errors, we both run a check on the current activeJob object as well as check the ValidationSummary errors list. Once that is set, we again use the callback of context.SubmitChanges (lines 68 and 78) to create an ActionHistory which we will use to track these items down the line. That's all? Essentially... yes. If you look back through this post, most of the code and adventures we have taken were just to get things working in the MVVM/Prism setup. Since I have the whole 'module' self-contained in a single JobView+code-behind setup, I don't have to worry about things like sending events off into space for someone to pick up, communicating through an Infrastructure project, or even re-inventing events to be used with attached behaviors. Everything just kinda works, and again with much less code. Here's a picture of the MVVM and Code-behind versions on the Jobs and AddEdit views, but since the functionality is the same in both apps you still cannot tell them apart (for two-strike): Looking ahead, the Applicants module is effectively the same thing as the Jobs module, so most of the code is being cut-and-pasted back and forth with minor tweaks here and there. So that one is being taken care of by me behind the scenes. Next time, we get into a new world of fun- the interview scheduling module, which will pull from available jobs and applicants for each interview being scheduled, tying everything together with RadScheduler to the rescue. Did you know that DotNetSlackers also publishes .net articles written by top known .net Authors? We already have over 80 articles in several categories including Silverlight. Take a look: here.

    Read the article

  • problem with google chrome

    - by user365559
    hi. i have javscript file for history management.IT is not supported by chrome when i am trying to navigate to back page with backbutton in the browser.I can see the url change but it doesnt go to preceeding page. BrowserHistoryUtils = { addEvent: function(elm, evType, fn, useCapture) { useCapture = useCapture || false; if (elm.addEventListener) { elm.addEventListener(evType, fn, useCapture); return true; } else if (elm.attachEvent) { var r = elm.attachEvent('on' + evType, fn); return r; } else { elm['on' + evType] = fn; } } } BrowserHistory = (function() { // type of browser var browser = { ie: false, firefox: false, safari: false, opera: false, version: -1 }; // if setDefaultURL has been called, our first clue // that the SWF is ready and listening //var swfReady = false; // the URL we'll send to the SWF once it is ready //var pendingURL = ''; // Default app state URL to use when no fragment ID present var defaultHash = ''; // Last-known app state URL var currentHref = document.location.href; // Initial URL (used only by IE) var initialHref = document.location.href; // Initial URL (used only by IE) var initialHash = document.location.hash; // History frame source URL prefix (used only by IE) var historyFrameSourcePrefix = 'history/historyFrame.html?'; // History maintenance (used only by Safari) var currentHistoryLength = -1; var historyHash = []; var initialState = createState(initialHref, initialHref + '#' + initialHash, initialHash); var backStack = []; var forwardStack = []; var currentObjectId = null; //UserAgent detection var useragent = navigator.userAgent.toLowerCase(); if (useragent.indexOf("opera") != -1) { browser.opera = true; } else if (useragent.indexOf("msie") != -1) { browser.ie = true; browser.version = parseFloat(useragent.substring(useragent.indexOf('msie') + 4)); } else if (useragent.indexOf("safari") != -1) { browser.safari = true; browser.version = parseFloat(useragent.substring(useragent.indexOf('safari') + 7)); } else if (useragent.indexOf("gecko") != -1) { browser.firefox = true; } if (browser.ie == true && browser.version == 7) { window["_ie_firstload"] = false; } // Accessor functions for obtaining specific elements of the page. function getHistoryFrame() { return document.getElementById('ie_historyFrame'); } function getAnchorElement() { return document.getElementById('firefox_anchorDiv'); } function getFormElement() { return document.getElementById('safari_formDiv'); } function getRememberElement() { return document.getElementById("safari_remember_field"); } // Get the Flash player object for performing ExternalInterface callbacks. // Updated for changes to SWFObject2. function getPlayer(id) { if (id && document.getElementById(id)) { var r = document.getElementById(id); if (typeof r.SetVariable != "undefined") { return r; } else { var o = r.getElementsByTagName("object"); var e = r.getElementsByTagName("embed"); if (o.length > 0 && typeof o[0].SetVariable != "undefined") { return o[0]; } else if (e.length > 0 && typeof e[0].SetVariable != "undefined") { return e[0]; } } } else { var o = document.getElementsByTagName("object"); var e = document.getElementsByTagName("embed"); if (e.length > 0 && typeof e[0].SetVariable != "undefined") { return e[0]; } else if (o.length > 0 && typeof o[0].SetVariable != "undefined") { return o[0]; } else if (o.length > 1 && typeof o[1].SetVariable != "undefined") { return o[1]; } } return undefined; } function getPlayers() { var players = []; if (players.length == 0) { var tmp = document.getElementsByTagName('object'); players = tmp; } if (players.length == 0 || players[0].object == null) { var tmp = document.getElementsByTagName('embed'); players = tmp; } return players; } function getIframeHash() { var doc = getHistoryFrame().contentWindow.document; var hash = String(doc.location.search); if (hash.length == 1 && hash.charAt(0) == "?") { hash = ""; } else if (hash.length >= 2 && hash.charAt(0) == "?") { hash = hash.substring(1); } return hash; } /* Get the current location hash excluding the '#' symbol. */ function getHash() { // It would be nice if we could use document.location.hash here, // but it's faulty sometimes. var idx = document.location.href.indexOf('#'); return (idx >= 0) ? document.location.href.substr(idx+1) : ''; } /* Get the current location hash excluding the '#' symbol. */ function setHash(hash) { // It would be nice if we could use document.location.hash here, // but it's faulty sometimes. if (hash == '') hash = '#' document.location.hash = hash; } function createState(baseUrl, newUrl, flexAppUrl) { return { 'baseUrl': baseUrl, 'newUrl': newUrl, 'flexAppUrl': flexAppUrl, 'title': null }; } /* Add a history entry to the browser. * baseUrl: the portion of the location prior to the '#' * newUrl: the entire new URL, including '#' and following fragment * flexAppUrl: the portion of the location following the '#' only */ function addHistoryEntry(baseUrl, newUrl, flexAppUrl) { //delete all the history entries forwardStack = []; if (browser.ie) { //Check to see if we are being asked to do a navigate for the first //history entry, and if so ignore, because it's coming from the creation //of the history iframe if (flexAppUrl == defaultHash && document.location.href == initialHref && window['_ie_firstload']) { currentHref = initialHref; return; } if ((!flexAppUrl || flexAppUrl == defaultHash) && window['_ie_firstload']) { newUrl = baseUrl + '#' + defaultHash; flexAppUrl = defaultHash; } else { // for IE, tell the history frame to go somewhere without a '#' // in order to get this entry into the browser history. getHistoryFrame().src = historyFrameSourcePrefix + flexAppUrl; } setHash(flexAppUrl); } else { //ADR if (backStack.length == 0 && initialState.flexAppUrl == flexAppUrl) { initialState = createState(baseUrl, newUrl, flexAppUrl); } else if(backStack.length > 0 && backStack[backStack.length - 1].flexAppUrl == flexAppUrl) { backStack[backStack.length - 1] = createState(baseUrl, newUrl, flexAppUrl); } if (browser.safari) { // for Safari, submit a form whose action points to the desired URL if (browser.version <= 419.3) { var file = window.location.pathname.toString(); file = file.substring(file.lastIndexOf("/")+1); getFormElement().innerHTML = '<form name="historyForm" action="'+file+'#' + flexAppUrl + '" method="GET"></form>'; //get the current elements and add them to the form var qs = window.location.search.substring(1); var qs_arr = qs.split("&"); for (var i = 0; i < qs_arr.length; i++) { var tmp = qs_arr[i].split("="); var elem = document.createElement("input"); elem.type = "hidden"; elem.name = tmp[0]; elem.value = tmp[1]; document.forms.historyForm.appendChild(elem); } document.forms.historyForm.submit(); } else { top.location.hash = flexAppUrl; } // We also have to maintain the history by hand for Safari historyHash[history.length] = flexAppUrl; _storeStates(); } else { // Otherwise, write an anchor into the page and tell the browser to go there addAnchor(flexAppUrl); setHash(flexAppUrl); } } backStack.push(createState(baseUrl, newUrl, flexAppUrl)); } function _storeStates() { if (browser.safari) { getRememberElement().value = historyHash.join(","); } } function handleBackButton() { //The "current" page is always at the top of the history stack. var current = backStack.pop(); if (!current) { return; } var last = backStack[backStack.length - 1]; if (!last && backStack.length == 0){ last = initialState; } forwardStack.push(current); } function handleForwardButton() { //summary: private method. Do not call this directly. var last = forwardStack.pop(); if (!last) { return; } backStack.push(last); } function handleArbitraryUrl() { //delete all the history entries forwardStack = []; } /* Called periodically to poll to see if we need to detect navigation that has occurred */ function checkForUrlChange() { if (browser.ie) { if (currentHref != document.location.href && currentHref + '#' != document.location.href) { //This occurs when the user has navigated to a specific URL //within the app, and didn't use browser back/forward //IE seems to have a bug where it stops updating the URL it //shows the end-user at this point, but programatically it //appears to be correct. Do a full app reload to get around //this issue. if (browser.version < 7) { currentHref = document.location.href; document.location.reload(); } else { if (getHash() != getIframeHash()) { // this.iframe.src = this.blankURL + hash; var sourceToSet = historyFrameSourcePrefix + getHash(); getHistoryFrame().src = sourceToSet; } } } } if (browser.safari) { // For Safari, we have to check to see if history.length changed. if (currentHistoryLength >= 0 && history.length != currentHistoryLength) { //alert("did change: " + history.length + ", " + historyHash.length + "|" + historyHash[history.length] + "|>" + historyHash.join("|")); // If it did change, then we have to look the old state up // in our hand-maintained array since document.location.hash // won't have changed, then call back into BrowserManager. currentHistoryLength = history.length; var flexAppUrl = historyHash[currentHistoryLength]; if (flexAppUrl == '') { //flexAppUrl = defaultHash; } //ADR: to fix multiple if (typeof BrowserHistory_multiple != "undefined" && BrowserHistory_multiple == true) { var pl = getPlayers(); for (var i = 0; i < pl.length; i++) { pl[i].browserURLChange(flexAppUrl); } } else { getPlayer().browserURLChange(flexAppUrl); } _storeStates(); } } if (browser.firefox) { if (currentHref != document.location.href) { var bsl = backStack.length; var urlActions = { back: false, forward: false, set: false } if ((window.location.hash == initialHash || window.location.href == initialHref) && (bsl == 1)) { urlActions.back = true; // FIXME: could this ever be a forward button? // we can't clear it because we still need to check for forwards. Ugg. // clearInterval(this.locationTimer); handleBackButton(); } // first check to see if we could have gone forward. We always halt on // a no-hash item. if (forwardStack.length > 0) { if (forwardStack[forwardStack.length-1].flexAppUrl == getHash()) { urlActions.forward = true; handleForwardButton(); } } // ok, that didn't work, try someplace back in the history stack if ((bsl >= 2) && (backStack[bsl - 2])) { if (backStack[bsl - 2].flexAppUrl == getHash()) { urlActions.back = true; handleBackButton(); } } if (!urlActions.back && !urlActions.forward) { var foundInStacks = { back: -1, forward: -1 } for (var i = 0; i < backStack.length; i++) { if (backStack[i].flexAppUrl == getHash() && i != (bsl - 2)) { arbitraryUrl = true; foundInStacks.back = i; } } for (var i = 0; i < forwardStack.length; i++) { if (forwardStack[i].flexAppUrl == getHash() && i != (bsl - 2)) { arbitraryUrl = true; foundInStacks.forward = i; } } handleArbitraryUrl(); } // Firefox changed; do a callback into BrowserManager to tell it. currentHref = document.location.href; var flexAppUrl = getHash(); if (flexAppUrl == '') { //flexAppUrl = defaultHash; } //ADR: to fix multiple if (typeof BrowserHistory_multiple != "undefined" && BrowserHistory_multiple == true) { var pl = getPlayers(); for (var i = 0; i < pl.length; i++) { pl[i].browserURLChange(flexAppUrl); } } else { getPlayer().browserURLChange(flexAppUrl); } } } //setTimeout(checkForUrlChange, 50); } /* Write an anchor into the page to legitimize it as a URL for Firefox et al. */ function addAnchor(flexAppUrl) { if (document.getElementsByName(flexAppUrl).length == 0) { getAnchorElement().innerHTML += "<a name='" + flexAppUrl + "'>" + flexAppUrl + "</a>"; } } var _initialize = function () { if (browser.ie) { var scripts = document.getElementsByTagName('script'); for (var i = 0, s; s = scripts[i]; i++) { if (s.src.indexOf("history.js") > -1) { var iframe_location = (new String(s.src)).replace("history.js", "historyFrame.html"); } } historyFrameSourcePrefix = iframe_location + "?"; var src = historyFrameSourcePrefix; var iframe = document.createElement("iframe"); iframe.id = 'ie_historyFrame'; iframe.name = 'ie_historyFrame'; //iframe.src = historyFrameSourcePrefix; try { document.body.appendChild(iframe); } catch(e) { setTimeout(function() { document.body.appendChild(iframe); }, 0); } } if (browser.safari) { var rememberDiv = document.createElement("div"); rememberDiv.id = 'safari_rememberDiv'; document.body.appendChild(rememberDiv); rememberDiv.innerHTML = '<input type="text" id="safari_remember_field" style="width: 500px;">'; var formDiv = document.createElement("div"); formDiv.id = 'safari_formDiv'; document.body.appendChild(formDiv); var reloader_content = document.createElement('div'); reloader_content.id = 'safarireloader'; var scripts = document.getElementsByTagName('script'); for (var i = 0, s; s = scripts[i]; i++) { if (s.src.indexOf("history.js") > -1) { html = (new String(s.src)).replace(".js", ".html"); } } reloader_content.innerHTML = '<iframe id="safarireloader-iframe" src="about:blank" frameborder="no" scrolling="no"></iframe>'; document.body.appendChild(reloader_content); reloader_content.style.position = 'absolute'; reloader_content.style.left = reloader_content.style.top = '-9999px'; iframe = reloader_content.getElementsByTagName('iframe')[0]; if (document.getElementById("safari_remember_field").value != "" ) { historyHash = document.getElementById("safari_remember_field").value.split(","); } } if (browser.firefox) { var anchorDiv = document.createElement("div"); anchorDiv.id = 'firefox_anchorDiv'; document.body.appendChild(anchorDiv); } //setTimeout(checkForUrlChange, 50); } return { historyHash: historyHash, backStack: function() { return backStack; }, forwardStack: function() { return forwardStack }, getPlayer: getPlayer, initialize: function(src) { _initialize(src); }, setURL: function(url) { document.location.href = url; }, getURL: function() { return document.location.href; }, getTitle: function() { return document.title; }, setTitle: function(title) { try { backStack[backStack.length - 1].title = title; } catch(e) { } //if on safari, set the title to be the empty string. if (browser.safari) { if (title == "") { try { var tmp = window.location.href.toString(); title = tmp.substring((tmp.lastIndexOf("/")+1), tmp.lastIndexOf("#")); } catch(e) { title = ""; } } } document.title = title; }, setDefaultURL: function(def) { defaultHash = def; def = getHash(); //trailing ? is important else an extra frame gets added to the history //when navigating back to the first page. Alternatively could check //in history frame navigation to compare # and ?. if (browser.ie) { window['_ie_firstload'] = true; var sourceToSet = historyFrameSourcePrefix + def; var func = function() { getHistoryFrame().src = sourceToSet; window.location.replace("#" + def); setInterval(checkForUrlChange, 50); } try { func(); } catch(e) { window.setTimeout(function() { func(); }, 0); } } if (browser.safari) { currentHistoryLength = history.length; if (historyHash.length == 0) { historyHash[currentHistoryLength] = def; var newloc = "#" + def; window.location.replace(newloc); } else { //alert(historyHash[historyHash.length-1]); } //setHash(def); setInterval(checkForUrlChange, 50); } if (browser.firefox || browser.opera) { var reg = new RegExp("#" + def + "$"); if (window.location.toString().match(reg)) { } else { var newloc ="#" + def; window.location.replace(newloc); } setInterval(checkForUrlChange, 50); //setHash(def); } }, /* Set the current browser URL; called from inside BrowserManager to propagate * the application state out to the container. */ setBrowserURL: function(flexAppUrl, objectId) { if (browser.ie && typeof objectId != "undefined") { currentObjectId = objectId; } //fromIframe = fromIframe || false; //fromFlex = fromFlex || false; //alert("setBrowserURL: " + flexAppUrl); //flexAppUrl = (flexAppUrl == "") ? defaultHash : flexAppUrl ; var pos = document.location.href.indexOf('#'); var baseUrl = pos != -1 ? document.location.href.substr(0, pos) : document.location.href; var newUrl = baseUrl + '#' + flexAppUrl; if (document.location.href != newUrl && document.location.href + '#' != newUrl) { currentHref = newUrl; addHistoryEntry(baseUrl, newUrl, flexAppUrl); currentHistoryLength = history.length; } return false; }, browserURLChange: function(flexAppUrl) { var objectId = null; if (browser.ie && currentObjectId != null) { objectId = currentObjectId; } pendingURL = ''; if (typeof BrowserHistory_multiple != "undefined" && BrowserHistory_multiple == true) { var pl = getPlayers(); for (var i = 0; i < pl.length; i++) { try { pl[i].browserURLChange(flexAppUrl); } catch(e) { } } } else { try { getPlayer(objectId).browserURLChange(flexAppUrl); } catch(e) { } } currentObjectId = null; } } })(); // Initialization // Automated unit testing and other diagnostics function setURL(url) { document.location.href = url; } function backButton() { history.back(); } function forwardButton() { history.forward(); } function goForwardOrBackInHistory(step) { history.go(step); } //BrowserHistoryUtils.addEvent(window, "load", function() { BrowserHistory.initialize(); }); (function(i) { var u =navigator.userAgent;var e=/*@cc_on!@*/false; var st = setTimeout; if(/webkit/i.test(u)){ st(function(){ var dr=document.readyState; if(dr=="loaded"||dr=="complete"){i()} else{st(arguments.callee,10);}},10); } else if((/mozilla/i.test(u)&&!/(compati)/.test(u)) || (/opera/i.test(u))){ document.addEventListener("DOMContentLoaded",i,false); } else if(e){ (function(){ var t=document.createElement('doc:rdy'); try{t.doScroll('left'); i();t=null; }catch(e){st(arguments.callee,0);}})(); } else{ window.onload=i; } })( function() {BrowserHistory.initialize();} );

    Read the article

  • SQLite, python, unicode, and non-utf data

    - by Nathan Spears
    I started by trying to store strings in sqlite using python, and got the message: sqlite3.ProgrammingError: You must not use 8-bit bytestrings unless you use a text_factory that can interpret 8-bit bytestrings (like text_factory = str). It is highly recommended that you instead just switch your application to Unicode strings. Ok, I switched to Unicode strings. Then I started getting the message: sqlite3.OperationalError: Could not decode to UTF-8 column 'tag_artist' with text 'Sigur Rós' when trying to retrieve data from the db. More research and I started encoding it in utf8, but then 'Sigur Rós' starts looking like 'Sigur Rós' note: My console was set to display in 'latin_1' as @John Machin pointed out. What gives? After reading this, describing exactly the same situation I'm in, it seems as if the advice is to ignore the other advice and use 8-bit bytestrings after all. I didn't know much about unicode and utf before I started this process. I've learned quite a bit in the last couple hours, but I'm still ignorant of whether there is a way to correctly convert 'ó' from latin-1 to utf-8 and not mangle it. If there isn't, why would sqlite 'highly recommend' I switch my application to unicode strings? I'm going to update this question with a summary and some example code of everything I've learned in the last 24 hours so that someone in my shoes can have an easy(er) guide. If the information I post is wrong or misleading in any way please tell me and I'll update, or one of you senior guys can update. Summary of answers Let me first state the goal as I understand it. The goal in processing various encodings, if you are trying to convert between them, is to understand what your source encoding is, then convert it to unicode using that source encoding, then convert it to your desired encoding. Unicode is a base and encodings are mappings of subsets of that base. utf_8 has room for every character in unicode, but because they aren't in the same place as, for instance, latin_1, a string encoded in utf_8 and sent to a latin_1 console will not look the way you expect. In python the process of getting to unicode and into another encoding looks like: str.decode('source_encoding').encode('desired_encoding') or if the str is already in unicode str.encode('desired_encoding') For sqlite I didn't actually want to encode it again, I wanted to decode it and leave it in unicode format. Here are four things you might need to be aware of as you try to work with unicode and encodings in python. The encoding of the string you want to work with, and the encoding you want to get it to. The system encoding. The console encoding. The encoding of the source file Elaboration: (1) When you read a string from a source, it must have some encoding, like latin_1 or utf_8. In my case, I'm getting strings from filenames, so unfortunately, I could be getting any kind of encoding. Windows XP uses UCS-2 (a Unicode system) as its native string type, which seems like cheating to me. Fortunately for me, the characters in most filenames are not going to be made up of more than one source encoding type, and I think all of mine were either completely latin_1, completely utf_8, or just plain ascii (which is a subset of both of those). So I just read them and decoded them as if they were still in latin_1 or utf_8. It's possible, though, that you could have latin_1 and utf_8 and whatever other characters mixed together in a filename on Windows. Sometimes those characters can show up as boxes, other times they just look mangled, and other times they look correct (accented characters and whatnot). Moving on. (2) Python has a default system encoding that gets set when python starts and can't be changed during runtime. See here for details. Dirty summary ... well here's the file I added: \# sitecustomize.py \# this file can be anywhere in your Python path, \# but it usually goes in ${pythondir}/lib/site-packages/ import sys sys.setdefaultencoding('utf_8') This system encoding is the one that gets used when you use the unicode("str") function without any other encoding parameters. To say that another way, python tries to decode "str" to unicode based on the default system encoding. (3) If you're using IDLE or the command-line python, I think that your console will display according to the default system encoding. I am using pydev with eclipse for some reason, so I had to go into my project settings, edit the launch configuration properties of my test script, go to the Common tab, and change the console from latin-1 to utf-8 so that I could visually confirm what I was doing was working. (4) If you want to have some test strings, eg test_str = "ó" in your source code, then you will have to tell python what kind of encoding you are using in that file. (FYI: when I mistyped an encoding I had to ctrl-Z because my file became unreadable.) This is easily accomplished by putting a line like so at the top of your source code file: # -*- coding: utf_8 -*- If you don't have this information, python attempts to parse your code as ascii by default, and so: SyntaxError: Non-ASCII character '\xf3' in file _redacted_ on line 81, but no encoding declared; see http://www.python.org/peps/pep-0263.html for details Once your program is working correctly, or, if you aren't using python's console or any other console to look at output, then you will probably really only care about #1 on the list. System default and console encoding are not that important unless you need to look at output and/or you are using the builtin unicode() function (without any encoding parameters) instead of the string.decode() function. I wrote a demo function I will paste into the bottom of this gigantic mess that I hope correctly demonstrates the items in my list. Here is some of the output when I run the character 'ó' through the demo function, showing how various methods react to the character as input. My system encoding and console output are both set to utf_8 for this run: '?' = original char <type 'str'> repr(char)='\xf3' '?' = unicode(char) ERROR: 'utf8' codec can't decode byte 0xf3 in position 0: unexpected end of data 'ó' = char.decode('latin_1') <type 'unicode'> repr(char.decode('latin_1'))=u'\xf3' '?' = char.decode('utf_8') ERROR: 'utf8' codec can't decode byte 0xf3 in position 0: unexpected end of data Now I will change the system and console encoding to latin_1, and I get this output for the same input: 'ó' = original char <type 'str'> repr(char)='\xf3' 'ó' = unicode(char) <type 'unicode'> repr(unicode(char))=u'\xf3' 'ó' = char.decode('latin_1') <type 'unicode'> repr(char.decode('latin_1'))=u'\xf3' '?' = char.decode('utf_8') ERROR: 'utf8' codec can't decode byte 0xf3 in position 0: unexpected end of data Notice that the 'original' character displays correctly and the builtin unicode() function works now. Now I change my console output back to utf_8. '?' = original char <type 'str'> repr(char)='\xf3' '?' = unicode(char) <type 'unicode'> repr(unicode(char))=u'\xf3' '?' = char.decode('latin_1') <type 'unicode'> repr(char.decode('latin_1'))=u'\xf3' '?' = char.decode('utf_8') ERROR: 'utf8' codec can't decode byte 0xf3 in position 0: unexpected end of data Here everything still works the same as last time but the console can't display the output correctly. Etc. The function below also displays more information that this and hopefully would help someone figure out where the gap in their understanding is. I know all this information is in other places and more thoroughly dealt with there, but I hope that this would be a good kickoff point for someone trying to get coding with python and/or sqlite. Ideas are great but sometimes source code can save you a day or two of trying to figure out what functions do what. Disclaimers: I'm no encoding expert, I put this together to help my own understanding. I kept building on it when I should have probably started passing functions as arguments to avoid so much redundant code, so if I can I'll make it more concise. Also, utf_8 and latin_1 are by no means the only encoding schemes, they are just the two I was playing around with because I think they handle everything I need. Add your own encoding schemes to the demo function and test your own input. One more thing: there are apparently crazy application developers making life difficult in Windows. #!/usr/bin/env python # -*- coding: utf_8 -*- import os import sys def encodingDemo(str): validStrings = () try: print "str =",str,"{0} repr(str) = {1}".format(type(str), repr(str)) validStrings += ((str,""),) except UnicodeEncodeError as ude: print "Couldn't print the str itself because the console is set to an encoding that doesn't understand some character in the string. See error:\n\t", print ude try: x = unicode(str) print "unicode(str) = ",x validStrings+= ((x, " decoded into unicode by the default system encoding"),) except UnicodeDecodeError as ude: print "ERROR. unicode(str) couldn't decode the string because the system encoding is set to an encoding that doesn't understand some character in the string." print "\tThe system encoding is set to {0}. See error:\n\t".format(sys.getdefaultencoding()), print ude except UnicodeEncodeError as uee: print "ERROR. Couldn't print the unicode(str) because the console is set to an encoding that doesn't understand some character in the string. See error:\n\t", print uee try: x = str.decode('latin_1') print "str.decode('latin_1') =",x validStrings+= ((x, " decoded with latin_1 into unicode"),) try: print "str.decode('latin_1').encode('utf_8') =",str.decode('latin_1').encode('utf_8') validStrings+= ((x, " decoded with latin_1 into unicode and encoded into utf_8"),) except UnicodeDecodeError as ude: print "The string was decoded into unicode using the latin_1 encoding, but couldn't be encoded into utf_8. See error:\n\t", print ude except UnicodeDecodeError as ude: print "Something didn't work, probably because the string wasn't latin_1 encoded. See error:\n\t", print ude except UnicodeEncodeError as uee: print "ERROR. Couldn't print the str.decode('latin_1') because the console is set to an encoding that doesn't understand some character in the string. See error:\n\t", print uee try: x = str.decode('utf_8') print "str.decode('utf_8') =",x validStrings+= ((x, " decoded with utf_8 into unicode"),) try: print "str.decode('utf_8').encode('latin_1') =",str.decode('utf_8').encode('latin_1') except UnicodeDecodeError as ude: print "str.decode('utf_8').encode('latin_1') didn't work. The string was decoded into unicode using the utf_8 encoding, but couldn't be encoded into latin_1. See error:\n\t", validStrings+= ((x, " decoded with utf_8 into unicode and encoded into latin_1"),) print ude except UnicodeDecodeError as ude: print "str.decode('utf_8') didn't work, probably because the string wasn't utf_8 encoded. See error:\n\t", print ude except UnicodeEncodeError as uee: print "ERROR. Couldn't print the str.decode('utf_8') because the console is set to an encoding that doesn't understand some character in the string. See error:\n\t",uee print print "Printing information about each character in the original string." for char in str: try: print "\t'" + char + "' = original char {0} repr(char)={1}".format(type(char), repr(char)) except UnicodeDecodeError as ude: print "\t'?' = original char {0} repr(char)={1} ERROR PRINTING: {2}".format(type(char), repr(char), ude) except UnicodeEncodeError as uee: print "\t'?' = original char {0} repr(char)={1} ERROR PRINTING: {2}".format(type(char), repr(char), uee) print uee try: x = unicode(char) print "\t'" + x + "' = unicode(char) {1} repr(unicode(char))={2}".format(x, type(x), repr(x)) except UnicodeDecodeError as ude: print "\t'?' = unicode(char) ERROR: {0}".format(ude) except UnicodeEncodeError as uee: print "\t'?' = unicode(char) {0} repr(char)={1} ERROR PRINTING: {2}".format(type(x), repr(x), uee) try: x = char.decode('latin_1') print "\t'" + x + "' = char.decode('latin_1') {1} repr(char.decode('latin_1'))={2}".format(x, type(x), repr(x)) except UnicodeDecodeError as ude: print "\t'?' = char.decode('latin_1') ERROR: {0}".format(ude) except UnicodeEncodeError as uee: print "\t'?' = char.decode('latin_1') {0} repr(char)={1} ERROR PRINTING: {2}".format(type(x), repr(x), uee) try: x = char.decode('utf_8') print "\t'" + x + "' = char.decode('utf_8') {1} repr(char.decode('utf_8'))={2}".format(x, type(x), repr(x)) except UnicodeDecodeError as ude: print "\t'?' = char.decode('utf_8') ERROR: {0}".format(ude) except UnicodeEncodeError as uee: print "\t'?' = char.decode('utf_8') {0} repr(char)={1} ERROR PRINTING: {2}".format(type(x), repr(x), uee) print x = 'ó' encodingDemo(x) Much thanks for the answers below and especially to @John Machin for answering so thoroughly.

    Read the article

  • SQLite, python, unicode, and non-utf data

    - by Nathan Spears
    I started by trying to store strings in sqlite using python, and got the message: sqlite3.ProgrammingError: You must not use 8-bit bytestrings unless you use a text_factory that can interpret 8-bit bytestrings (like text_factory = str). It is highly recommended that you instead just switch your application to Unicode strings. Ok, I switched to Unicode strings. Then I started getting the message: sqlite3.OperationalError: Could not decode to UTF-8 column 'tag_artist' with text 'Sigur Rós' when trying to retrieve data from the db. More research and I started encoding it in utf8, but then 'Sigur Rós' starts looking like 'Sigur Rós' note: My console was set to display in 'latin_1' as @John Machin pointed out. What gives? After reading this, describing exactly the same situation I'm in, it seems as if the advice is to ignore the other advice and use 8-bit bytestrings after all. I didn't know much about unicode and utf before I started this process. I've learned quite a bit in the last couple hours, but I'm still ignorant of whether there is a way to correctly convert 'ó' from latin-1 to utf-8 and not mangle it. If there isn't, why would sqlite 'highly recommend' I switch my application to unicode strings? I'm going to update this question with a summary and some example code of everything I've learned in the last 24 hours so that someone in my shoes can have an easy(er) guide. If the information I post is wrong or misleading in any way please tell me and I'll update, or one of you senior guys can update. Summary of answers Let me first state the goal as I understand it. The goal in processing various encodings, if you are trying to convert between them, is to understand what your source encoding is, then convert it to unicode using that source encoding, then convert it to your desired encoding. Unicode is a base and encodings are mappings of subsets of that base. utf_8 has room for every character in unicode, but because they aren't in the same place as, for instance, latin_1, a string encoded in utf_8 and sent to a latin_1 console will not look the way you expect. In python the process of getting to unicode and into another encoding looks like: str.decode('source_encoding').encode('desired_encoding') or if the str is already in unicode str.encode('desired_encoding') For sqlite I didn't actually want to encode it again, I wanted to decode it and leave it in unicode format. Here are four things you might need to be aware of as you try to work with unicode and encodings in python. The encoding of the string you want to work with, and the encoding you want to get it to. The system encoding. The console encoding. The encoding of the source file Elaboration: (1) When you read a string from a source, it must have some encoding, like latin_1 or utf_8. In my case, I'm getting strings from filenames, so unfortunately, I could be getting any kind of encoding. Windows XP uses UCS-2 (a Unicode system) as its native string type, which seems like cheating to me. Fortunately for me, the characters in most filenames are not going to be made up of more than one source encoding type, and I think all of mine were either completely latin_1, completely utf_8, or just plain ascii (which is a subset of both of those). So I just read them and decoded them as if they were still in latin_1 or utf_8. It's possible, though, that you could have latin_1 and utf_8 and whatever other characters mixed together in a filename on Windows. Sometimes those characters can show up as boxes, other times they just look mangled, and other times they look correct (accented characters and whatnot). Moving on. (2) Python has a default system encoding that gets set when python starts and can't be changed during runtime. See here for details. Dirty summary ... well here's the file I added: \# sitecustomize.py \# this file can be anywhere in your Python path, \# but it usually goes in ${pythondir}/lib/site-packages/ import sys sys.setdefaultencoding('utf_8') This system encoding is the one that gets used when you use the unicode("str") function without any other encoding parameters. To say that another way, python tries to decode "str" to unicode based on the default system encoding. (3) If you're using IDLE or the command-line python, I think that your console will display according to the default system encoding. I am using pydev with eclipse for some reason, so I had to go into my project settings, edit the launch configuration properties of my test script, go to the Common tab, and change the console from latin-1 to utf-8 so that I could visually confirm what I was doing was working. (4) If you want to have some test strings, eg test_str = "ó" in your source code, then you will have to tell python what kind of encoding you are using in that file. (FYI: when I mistyped an encoding I had to ctrl-Z because my file became unreadable.) This is easily accomplished by putting a line like so at the top of your source code file: # -*- coding: utf_8 -*- If you don't have this information, python attempts to parse your code as ascii by default, and so: SyntaxError: Non-ASCII character '\xf3' in file _redacted_ on line 81, but no encoding declared; see http://www.python.org/peps/pep-0263.html for details Once your program is working correctly, or, if you aren't using python's console or any other console to look at output, then you will probably really only care about #1 on the list. System default and console encoding are not that important unless you need to look at output and/or you are using the builtin unicode() function (without any encoding parameters) instead of the string.decode() function. I wrote a demo function I will paste into the bottom of this gigantic mess that I hope correctly demonstrates the items in my list. Here is some of the output when I run the character 'ó' through the demo function, showing how various methods react to the character as input. My system encoding and console output are both set to utf_8 for this run: '?' = original char <type 'str'> repr(char)='\xf3' '?' = unicode(char) ERROR: 'utf8' codec can't decode byte 0xf3 in position 0: unexpected end of data 'ó' = char.decode('latin_1') <type 'unicode'> repr(char.decode('latin_1'))=u'\xf3' '?' = char.decode('utf_8') ERROR: 'utf8' codec can't decode byte 0xf3 in position 0: unexpected end of data Now I will change the system and console encoding to latin_1, and I get this output for the same input: 'ó' = original char <type 'str'> repr(char)='\xf3' 'ó' = unicode(char) <type 'unicode'> repr(unicode(char))=u'\xf3' 'ó' = char.decode('latin_1') <type 'unicode'> repr(char.decode('latin_1'))=u'\xf3' '?' = char.decode('utf_8') ERROR: 'utf8' codec can't decode byte 0xf3 in position 0: unexpected end of data Notice that the 'original' character displays correctly and the builtin unicode() function works now. Now I change my console output back to utf_8. '?' = original char <type 'str'> repr(char)='\xf3' '?' = unicode(char) <type 'unicode'> repr(unicode(char))=u'\xf3' '?' = char.decode('latin_1') <type 'unicode'> repr(char.decode('latin_1'))=u'\xf3' '?' = char.decode('utf_8') ERROR: 'utf8' codec can't decode byte 0xf3 in position 0: unexpected end of data Here everything still works the same as last time but the console can't display the output correctly. Etc. The function below also displays more information that this and hopefully would help someone figure out where the gap in their understanding is. I know all this information is in other places and more thoroughly dealt with there, but I hope that this would be a good kickoff point for someone trying to get coding with python and/or sqlite. Ideas are great but sometimes source code can save you a day or two of trying to figure out what functions do what. Disclaimers: I'm no encoding expert, I put this together to help my own understanding. I kept building on it when I should have probably started passing functions as arguments to avoid so much redundant code, so if I can I'll make it more concise. Also, utf_8 and latin_1 are by no means the only encoding schemes, they are just the two I was playing around with because I think they handle everything I need. Add your own encoding schemes to the demo function and test your own input. One more thing: there are apparently crazy application developers making life difficult in Windows. #!/usr/bin/env python # -*- coding: utf_8 -*- import os import sys def encodingDemo(str): validStrings = () try: print "str =",str,"{0} repr(str) = {1}".format(type(str), repr(str)) validStrings += ((str,""),) except UnicodeEncodeError as ude: print "Couldn't print the str itself because the console is set to an encoding that doesn't understand some character in the string. See error:\n\t", print ude try: x = unicode(str) print "unicode(str) = ",x validStrings+= ((x, " decoded into unicode by the default system encoding"),) except UnicodeDecodeError as ude: print "ERROR. unicode(str) couldn't decode the string because the system encoding is set to an encoding that doesn't understand some character in the string." print "\tThe system encoding is set to {0}. See error:\n\t".format(sys.getdefaultencoding()), print ude except UnicodeEncodeError as uee: print "ERROR. Couldn't print the unicode(str) because the console is set to an encoding that doesn't understand some character in the string. See error:\n\t", print uee try: x = str.decode('latin_1') print "str.decode('latin_1') =",x validStrings+= ((x, " decoded with latin_1 into unicode"),) try: print "str.decode('latin_1').encode('utf_8') =",str.decode('latin_1').encode('utf_8') validStrings+= ((x, " decoded with latin_1 into unicode and encoded into utf_8"),) except UnicodeDecodeError as ude: print "The string was decoded into unicode using the latin_1 encoding, but couldn't be encoded into utf_8. See error:\n\t", print ude except UnicodeDecodeError as ude: print "Something didn't work, probably because the string wasn't latin_1 encoded. See error:\n\t", print ude except UnicodeEncodeError as uee: print "ERROR. Couldn't print the str.decode('latin_1') because the console is set to an encoding that doesn't understand some character in the string. See error:\n\t", print uee try: x = str.decode('utf_8') print "str.decode('utf_8') =",x validStrings+= ((x, " decoded with utf_8 into unicode"),) try: print "str.decode('utf_8').encode('latin_1') =",str.decode('utf_8').encode('latin_1') except UnicodeDecodeError as ude: print "str.decode('utf_8').encode('latin_1') didn't work. The string was decoded into unicode using the utf_8 encoding, but couldn't be encoded into latin_1. See error:\n\t", validStrings+= ((x, " decoded with utf_8 into unicode and encoded into latin_1"),) print ude except UnicodeDecodeError as ude: print "str.decode('utf_8') didn't work, probably because the string wasn't utf_8 encoded. See error:\n\t", print ude except UnicodeEncodeError as uee: print "ERROR. Couldn't print the str.decode('utf_8') because the console is set to an encoding that doesn't understand some character in the string. See error:\n\t",uee print print "Printing information about each character in the original string." for char in str: try: print "\t'" + char + "' = original char {0} repr(char)={1}".format(type(char), repr(char)) except UnicodeDecodeError as ude: print "\t'?' = original char {0} repr(char)={1} ERROR PRINTING: {2}".format(type(char), repr(char), ude) except UnicodeEncodeError as uee: print "\t'?' = original char {0} repr(char)={1} ERROR PRINTING: {2}".format(type(char), repr(char), uee) print uee try: x = unicode(char) print "\t'" + x + "' = unicode(char) {1} repr(unicode(char))={2}".format(x, type(x), repr(x)) except UnicodeDecodeError as ude: print "\t'?' = unicode(char) ERROR: {0}".format(ude) except UnicodeEncodeError as uee: print "\t'?' = unicode(char) {0} repr(char)={1} ERROR PRINTING: {2}".format(type(x), repr(x), uee) try: x = char.decode('latin_1') print "\t'" + x + "' = char.decode('latin_1') {1} repr(char.decode('latin_1'))={2}".format(x, type(x), repr(x)) except UnicodeDecodeError as ude: print "\t'?' = char.decode('latin_1') ERROR: {0}".format(ude) except UnicodeEncodeError as uee: print "\t'?' = char.decode('latin_1') {0} repr(char)={1} ERROR PRINTING: {2}".format(type(x), repr(x), uee) try: x = char.decode('utf_8') print "\t'" + x + "' = char.decode('utf_8') {1} repr(char.decode('utf_8'))={2}".format(x, type(x), repr(x)) except UnicodeDecodeError as ude: print "\t'?' = char.decode('utf_8') ERROR: {0}".format(ude) except UnicodeEncodeError as uee: print "\t'?' = char.decode('utf_8') {0} repr(char)={1} ERROR PRINTING: {2}".format(type(x), repr(x), uee) print x = 'ó' encodingDemo(x) Much thanks for the answers below and especially to @John Machin for answering so thoroughly.

    Read the article

< Previous Page | 446 447 448 449 450 451  | Next Page >